summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:20:38 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:20:38 -0700
commitabd74caceb30f93f224a5a4767890898bcfc12f8 (patch)
treeab2421e3358601da5b1f277817ba728e9bd8267a /old
initial commit of ebook 3161HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to 'old')
-rw-r--r--old/nwnth10.txt7274
-rw-r--r--old/nwnth10.zipbin0 -> 142431 bytes
2 files changed, 7274 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/nwnth10.txt b/old/nwnth10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0975454
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/nwnth10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7274 @@
+Project Gutenberg Narrative New Netherland, by J.F. Jameson, Ed.
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check
+the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!!
+
+Please take a look at the important information in this header.
+We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an
+electronic path open for the next readers.
+
+Please do not remove this.
+
+This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book.
+Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words
+are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they
+need about what they can legally do with the texts.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations*
+
+Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and
+further information is included below. We need your donations.
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3)
+organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541
+
+As of 12/12/00 contributions are only being solicited from people in:
+Colorado, Connecticut, Idaho, Indiana, Iowa,
+Kentucky, Louisiana, Massachusetts, Montana,
+Nevada, Oklahoma, South Carolina, South Dakota,
+Texas, Vermont, and Wyoming.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met,
+additions to this list will be made and fund raising
+will begin in the additional states. Please feel
+free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+These donations should be made to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+
+Title: Narrative of New Netherland
+
+Author: J. F. Jameson, Editor
+
+Release Date: April, 2002 [Etext #3161]
+[Yes, we are about one year ahead of schedule]
+[The actual date this file first posted = 01/17/01]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Project Gutenberg Narrative New Netherland, by J.F. Jameson, Ed.
+******This file should be named nwnth10.txt or nwnth10.zip******
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, nwnth11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, nwnth10a.txt
+
+This Project Gutenberg Etext Prepared by Tony Adam
+Anthony-adam@tamu.edu
+
+Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions,
+all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a
+copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any
+of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after
+the official publication date.
+
+Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement
+can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext02
+or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext02
+
+Or /etext01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext
+files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext
+Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion]
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third
+of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 3,333 Etexts unless we
+manage to get some real funding.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+Presently, contributions are only being solicited from people in:
+Colorado, Connecticut, Idaho, Indiana, Iowa,
+Kentucky, Louisiana, Massachusetts, Nevada,
+Montana, Nevada, Oklahoma, South Carolina,
+South Dakota, Texas, Vermont, and Wyoming.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met,
+additions to this list will be made and fund raising
+will begin in the additional states.
+
+These donations should be made to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
+EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541,
+has been approved as a 501(c)(3) organization by the US Internal
+Revenue Service (IRS). Donations are tax-deductible to the extent
+permitted by law. As the requirements for other states are met,
+additions to this list will be made and fund raising will begin in the
+additional states.
+
+All donations should be made to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation. Mail to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Avenue
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109 [USA]
+
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org
+if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if
+it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . .
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+***
+
+
+Example command-line FTP session:
+
+ftp ftp.ibiblio.org
+login: anonymous
+password: your@login
+cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg
+cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext02, etc.
+dir [to see files]
+get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files]
+GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99]
+GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books]
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+ requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+ etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+ if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable
+ binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+ including any form resulting from conversion by word
+ processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+ *EITHER*:
+
+ [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+ does *not* contain characters other than those
+ intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+ (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+ be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+ author, and additional characters may be used to
+ indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+ [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at
+ no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+ form by the program that displays the etext (as is
+ the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+ OR
+
+ [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+ no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+ etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+ or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this
+ "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+ gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+ already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+ don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+ payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+ the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+ legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+ periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to
+ let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.12.12.00*END*
+
+
+
+
+
+This Project Gutenberg Etext Prepared by Tony Adam
+Anthony-adam@tamu.edu
+
+
+
+
+
+BEGIN PROJECT GUTENBERG ETEXT OF "NEW NETHERLAND"
+
+
+
+
+
+BEGIN PROJECT GUTENBERG ETEXT "MICHAELIUS"
+
+
+
+Reference material and source.
+
+Michaelius, Reverend Jonas. "Letter of Reverend Jonas
+Michaelius, 1628." In J. Franklin Jameson, ed., Narratives
+of New Netherland, 1609-1664 (Original Narratives of Early
+American History). NY: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1909.
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+THE established church in the United Netherlands was the
+Reformed Church. Its polity was that of Geneva or of
+Presbyterianism. The minister and ruling or lay elders of
+the local church formed its consistory, corresponding to the
+Scottish or American kirk session. The next higher power,
+administrative or judicial, resided in the classis, consisting
+of all the ministers in a given district and one elder from
+each parish therein, and corresponding to the presbytery. It
+had power to license and ordain, install and remove ministers.
+Above this body stood the provincial synod, and above that
+the (occasional)national synods. In 1624 the synod of North
+Holland decreed that supervision over the churches in the
+East Indies should belong to the churches and classes within
+whose bounds were located the various "chambers" of the East
+India Company. The same rule was applied in the case of the
+West India Company's settlements. Under this rule the first
+minister sent out to New Netherland was placed under the
+jurisdiction of the Classis of Amsterdam, since the colony
+was under the charge of the Amsterdam Chamber. Many extracts
+from the minutes of that classis, and what remains of its
+correspondence with the ministers in New Netherland, are
+printed in the volumes published by the State of New York
+under the title _Ecclesiastical Records, State of New York_
+(six volumes, Albany, 1901-1905). From 1639, if not earlier,
+a committee of the classis, called "Deputati ad Res Exteras,"
+was given charge of most of the details of correspondence
+with the Dutch Reformed churches in America, Africa, the East
+and foreign European countries.
+
+As mentioned by Wassenaer, "comforters of the sick," who were
+Ecclesiastical officers but not ministers, were first sent
+Out to New Netherland. The first minister was Reverence
+Jonas Jansen Michielse, or, to employ the Latinized form of
+his name which he, according to clerical habit, was accustomed
+to use, Jonas Johannis Michaelius. Michaelius was born in
+North Holland in 1577, entered the University of Leyden as a
+student of divinity in 1600, became minister at Nieuwbokswoude
+in 1612 and at Hem, near Enkhuizen, in 1614. At some time
+between April, 1624, and August, 1625, he went out to San
+Salvador (Bahia, Brazil), recently conquered by the West
+India Company's fleet, and after brief service there to one
+Of their posts on the West African coast. Returning thence,
+He was, early in 1628, sent out to Manhattan, where he arrived
+April 7. It is not known just when he returned to Holland,
+but he appears to have been under engagement for three years.
+In 1637-1638 we find the classis vainly endeavoring to send
+him again to New Netherland, but prevented by the Company,
+which had a veto upon all such appointments in its dominions.
+
+About half a century ago the following precious letter of
+Michaelius, describing New Netherland as it appeared in its
+earliest days to the eyes of an educated clergyman of the
+Dutch Church, was discovered in Amsterdam, and printed by
+Mr. J.J.Bodel Nijenhuis in the _Kerk-historisch Archief_,
+part I. An English translation of it, with an introduction,
+was then privately printed in a pamphlet by Mr. Henry C.
+Murphy, an excellent scholar in New Netherland history, who
+was at that time minister of the United States to the
+Netherlands. This pamphlet, entitled _The First Minister of
+the Dutch Reformed Church in the United States_ (The Hague,
+1858), was reprinted in 1858 in _Documents relative to the
+Colonial History of the State of New York_, II. 757-770, in
+1881 in the _Collections of the New York Historical Society_,
+XIII, and in 1883, at Amsterdam, by Frederik Muller and Co.,
+who added a photographic fac-simile of full size and a
+transcript of the Dutch text. In 1896 a reduced fac-simile
+of the original letter, with an amended translation by
+Reverence John G. Fagg, appeared in the _Year Book_ of the
+(Collegiate) Reformed Protestant Dutch Church of New York
+City, and also separately for private circulation, and in
+1901 the Dutch text with Reverend Mr. Fagg's translation
+was printed in _Ecclesiastical Records_, I. 49-68, which
+also contains a photographic fac-simile of the concluding
+portion of the manuscript. Another is in _Memorial History_,
+I. 166. The original is in the New York Public Library
+(Lenox Building). Reverend Adrianus Smoutius, to whom the
+letter was addressed, was an ultra-Calvinist clergyman, who
+led a stormy life, but from 1620 to 1630 was a minister of
+the collegiate churches of Amsterdam, and as such a member
+of the classis under whose charge Michaelius served.
+
+For many years this letter of August 11, 1628, was supposed
+to be the earliest extant letter or paper written at
+Manhattan. But a letter of three days earlier was recently
+discovered, which Michaelius wrote on August 8 to Jan Foreest,
+a magistrate of Hoorn and secretary to the Executive Council
+(Gecommitteerde Raden) of the States of the Province of
+Holland. This letter mentions epistles also sent to two
+clergymen in Holland and to the writer's brother. It was
+printed by Mr. Dingman Versteeg in _Manhattan in 1628_ (New
+York, 1904). All these letters were presumably prepared to
+be sent home on the same ship. The two which are extant
+parallel each other to a large extent. That which follows,
+though second in order of time, is intrinsically a little
+more interesting than the other. Mr. Fagg's translation
+has in the main been followed.
+
+
+
+LETTER OF REVEREND JONAS MICHAELIUS, 1628
+
+The Reverend, Learned and Pious Mr. Adrianus Smoutius,
+Faithful Minister of the Holy Gospel of Christ in his
+Church, dwelling upon the Heerengracht, not far from the
+West India House at Amsterdam. By a friend, whom God
+Preserve.
+
+The Peace of Christ to You.
+
+Reverend Sir, Well Beloved Brother in Christ, Kind Friend!
+
+
+THE favorable opportunity which now presents itself of
+writing to your Reverence I cannot let pass, without
+embracing it, according to my promise. And, first to
+unburden myself in this communication of a sorrowful
+circumstance, it pleased the Lord, seven weeks after we
+arrived in this country, to take from me my good partner,
+who had been to me, for more than sixteen years, a virtuous,
+faithful, and altogether amiable yoke-fellow; and I now find
+myself alone with three children,<1> very much discommoded,
+without her society and assistance. But what have I to say?
+The Lord himself has done this, against whom no one can
+oppose himself. And why should I even wish to, knowing that
+all things must work together for good to them that love
+God? I hope therefore to bear my cross patiently, and by
+the grace and help of the Lord, not to let the courage fail
+me which in my duties here I so especially need.
+
+<1> Two daughters and a son, Jan, whom he had placed in the
+house and custody of skipper Jan Jansen Brouwer.
+
+The voyage was long, namely, from the 24th of January till
+the 7th of April, when we first set foot upon land here. Of
+storm and tempest which fell hard upon the good wife and
+children, though they bore it better as regards sea-sickness
+and fear than I had expected, we had no lack, particularly
+in the vicinity of the Bermudas and the rough coasts of this
+country. Our fare in the ship was very poor and scanty, so
+that my blessed wife and children, not eating with us in the
+cabin, on account of the little room in it, had a worse lot
+than the sailors themselves; and that by reason of a wicked
+cook who annoyed them in every way; but especially by reason
+of the captain himself,<1> who, although I frequently
+complained of it in the most courteous manner, did not concern
+himself in the least about correcting the rascal; nor did he,
+even when they were all sick ,given them anything which could
+do them any good, although there was enough in the ship: as
+he himself knew very well where to find it in order, out of
+meal times, to fill his own stomach. All the relief which
+he gave us, consisted merely in liberal promises, with a
+drunken head; upon which nothing followed when he was sober
+but a sour face; and he raged at the officers and kept himself
+constantly to the wine, both at sea and especially here while
+lying in the river; so that he daily walked the deck drunk
+and with an empty head, seldom coming ashore to the Council
+and never to Divine service. We bore all with silence on
+board the ship; but it grieves me, when I think of it, on
+account of my wife; the more, because she was so situated
+as she was--believing that she was with child--and the time
+so short which she had yet to live. On my first voyage I
+roamed about with him a great deal, even lodged in the same
+hut, but never knew that he was such a brute and drunkard.
+But he was then under the direction of Mr. Lam,<2> and now
+he had the chief command himself. I have also written to
+Mr. Godyn<3> about it, considering it necessary that it
+should be known.
+
+<1> "Evert Croeger, with whom, prior to this, I had made
+long voyages, but never before did I know him well."--Letter
+of August 8 to Jan Foreest.
+<2> Admiral Jan Dirckszoon Lam, who in 1625 and 1626 was in
+command of a Dutch squadron on the west coast of Africa.
+<3> Probably Samuel Godyn, a prominent director of the company.
+
+Our coming here was agreeable to all, and I hope, by the grace
+of the Lord, that my service will not be unfruitful. The
+people, for the most part, are rather rough and unrestrained,
+but I find in almost all of them both love and respect towards
+me; two things with which hitherto the Lord has everywhere
+graciously blessed my labors, and which in our calling, as
+your Reverence well knows and finds, are especially desirable,
+in order to make our ministry fruitful.
+
+>From the beginning we established the form of a church; and
+as Brother Bastiaen Crol<1> very seldom comes down from Fort
+Orange, because the directorship of that fort and the trade
+there is committed to him, it has been thought best to choose
+two elders for my assistance and for the proper consideration
+of all such ecclesiastical matters as might occur, intending
+the coming year, if the Lord permit, to let one of them
+retire, and to choose another in his place from a double
+number first lawfully proposed to the congregation. One of
+those whom we have now chosen is the Honorable Director<2>
+himself, and the other is the storekeeper of the Company, Jan
+Huygen,<3> his brother-in-law, persons of very good character,
+as far as I have been able to learn, having both been formerly
+in office in the Church, the one as deacon, and the other as
+elder in the Dutch and French churches, respectively, at
+Wesel.<4>
+
+<1> Sebastian Janszoon Krol came out to New Netherland in 1626
+as a "comforter of the sick" at Manhattan, but before long
+went up to Fort Orange, where he was chief agent for the
+company most of the time to March, 1632. Then, on Minuit's
+recall, he was director-general till Wouter van Twiller's
+arrival in April, 1633.
+<2> Peter Minuit, born of Huguenot parentage in 1550 in Wesel,
+west Germany, was made director general of New Netherland in
+December, 1625, arrived in May, 1626, bought Manhattan Island
+of the Indians that summer, and remained in office till
+recalled early in 1632. In 1636-1637 he made arrangements
+with Blommaert and the Swedish government, in consequence of
+which he conducted the first Swedish colony to Delaware Bay,
+landing there in the spring of 1638, and establishing New
+Sweden on territory claimed by the Dutch. During the ensuing
+summer he perished in a hurricane at St. Christopher, in the
+West Indies.
+<3> Probably the ame as Jan Huych, comforter of the sick.
+<4> Jan Huyghens was deacon of the Dutch Reformed church at
+Wesel in 1612; and probably Minuit was elder in the French
+church there.
+
+At the first administration of the Lord's Supper which was
+observed, not without great joy and comfort to many, we had
+fully fifty communicants--Walloons and Dutch; of whom, a
+portion made their first confession of faith before us, and
+others exhibited their church certificates. Others had
+forgotten to bring their certificates with them, not thinking
+that a church would be formed and established here; and some
+who brought them, had lost them unfortunately in a general
+conflagration, but they were admitted upon the satisfactory
+testimony of others to whom they were known, and also upon
+their daily good deportment, since one cannot observe strictly
+all the usual formalities in making a beginning under such
+circumstance.
+
+We administer the Holy Supper of the Lord once in four months,
+provisionally, until a larger number of people shall otherwise
+require. The Walloons and French have no service on Sundays,
+otherwise than in the Dutch language, for those who understand
+no Dutch are very few. A portion of the Walloons are going
+back to the Fatherland, either because their years here are
+expired, or else because some are not very serviceable to the
+Company. Some of them live far away and could not well come
+in time of heavy rain and storm, so that they themselves
+cannot think it advisable to appoint any special service in
+French for so small a number, and that upon an uncertainty.
+Nevertheless, the Lord's Supper is administered to them in
+the French language, and according to the French mode, with a
+sermon preceding, which I have before me in writing, so long
+as I can not trust myself extemporaneously.<1> If in this and
+in other matters your Reverence and the Reverend Brethren of
+the Consistory, who have special superintendence over us here,
+deem it necessary to administer to us any correction, instruction
+or good advice, it will be agreeable to us and we shall thank
+your Reverence therefor; since we must all have no other object
+than the glory of God in the building up of his kingdom and the
+salvation of many souls. I keep myself as far as practicable
+within the pale of my calling, wherein I find myself sufficiently
+occupied. And although our small consistory embraces at the
+most--when Brother Crol is down here--not more than four persons,
+all of whom, myself alone excepted, have also public business to
+attend to, I still hope to separate carefully the ecclesiastical
+from the civil matters which occur, so that each one will be
+occupied with his own subject.
+
+<1> That is, to preach extempore in French.
+
+And though many things are mixti generis, and political and
+ecclesiastical persons can greatly assist each other, nevertheless
+the matters and officers proceeding together must not be mixed
+but kept separate, in order to prevent all confusion and
+disorder. As the Council of this place consists of good people,
+who are, however, for the most part simple and have little
+experience in public affairs, I should have little objection
+to serve them in any difficult or dubious affair with good
+advice, provided I considered myself capable and my advice
+should be asked; in which case I suppose that I should not do
+amiss nor be suspected by any one of being a polupragmov or
+allotrioepiskopos.<1>
+
+<1> I Peter iv. 15; a meddler or "busy-body in other men's
+matters."
+
+In my opinion it would be well that the Honorable Directors
+should furnish this place with plainer and more precise
+instructions to the rulers, that they may distinctly know
+how to conduct themselves in all possible public difficulties
+and events; and also that I should some time have here all
+such _Acta Synolalia_, as have been adopted in the synods of
+Holland; both the special ones of our quarter,<1> and those
+which are provincial and national, in relation to ecclesiastical
+difficulties; or at least such of them as in the judgment of
+the Honorable Brethren at Amsterdam would be most likely to
+be of service to us here. In the meantime, I hope matters
+will go well here, if only on our part we do our best in all
+sincerity and honest zeal; whereunto I have from the first
+entirely devoted myself, and wherein I have also hitherto, by
+the grace of God, had no just cause to complain of any one.
+And if any dubious matters of importance come before me, and
+especially if they will admit of any delay, I shall refer
+myself to the good and prudent advice of the Honorable Brethren,
+to whom I have already wholly commended myself.
+
+<1> I.e., acts of the synod of North Holland. North Holland
+was not at this time a province, but merely a part of the
+province of Holland, the chief of the seven United Provinces.
+The national _Acta_ would probably be those of the six
+fundamental synodical conventions of 1568-1586 and the Synod
+of Dort.
+
+As to the natives of this country, I find them entirely savage
+and wild, strangers to all decency, yea, uncivil and stupid as
+garden poles, proficient in all wickedness and godlessness;
+devilish men, who serve nobody but the Devil, that is, the
+spirit which in their language they call Menetto; under which
+title they comprehend everything that is subtle and crafty and
+beyond human skill and power. They have so much witchcraft,
+divination, sorcery and wicked arts, that they can hardly be
+held in by any bands or locks. They are as thievish and
+treacherous as they are tall; and in cruelty they are
+altogether inhuman, more than barbarous, far exceeding the
+Africans.<1>
+
+<1> He had served on the west coast of Africa; see the
+introduction.
+
+I have written concerning this matter to several persons
+elsewhere, not doubting that Brother Crol will have written
+sufficient to your Reverence, or to the Honorable Directors;
+as also of the base treachery and the murders which the
+Mohicans, at the upper part of this river, had planned against
+Fort Orange, but which failed through the gracious interposition
+of our Lord, for our good--who, when it pleases Him, knows how
+to pour, unexpectedly, natural impulses into these unnatural
+men, in order to prevent them. How these people can best be
+led to the true knowledge of God and of the Mediator Christ,
+is hard to say. I cannot myself wonder enough who it is that
+has imposed so much upon your Reverence and many others in the
+Fatherland, concerning the docility of these people and their
+good nature, the proper principia religionis and vestigia legis
+naturae which are said to be among them; in whom I have as yet
+been able to discover hardly a single good point, except that
+they do not speak so jeeringly and so scoffingly of the godlike
+and glorious majesty of their Creator as the Africans dare to
+do. But it may be because they have no certain knowledge of
+Him, or scarcely any. If we speak to them of God, it appears
+to them like a dream; and we are compelled to speak of him,
+not under the name of Menetto, whom they know and serve--for
+that would be blasphemy--but of one great, yea, most high,
+Sackiema, by which name they--living without a king--call him
+who has the command over several hundred among them, and who
+by our people are called Sackemakers; and as the people listen,
+some will begin to mutter and shake their heads as if it were
+a silly fable; and others, in order to express regard and
+friendship for such a proposition, will say Orith (That is good).
+Now, by what means are we to lead this people to salvation, or
+to make a salutary breach among them? I take the liberty on
+this point of enlarging somewhat to your Reverence.
+
+Their language, which is the first thing to be employed with
+them, methinks is entirely peculiar. Many of our common
+people call it an easy language, which is soon learned, but
+I am of a contrary opinion. For those who can understand
+their words to some extent and repeat them, fail greatly
+in the pronunciation, and speak a broken language, like the
+language of Ashdod.<1> For these people have difficult
+aspirates and many guttural letters, which are formed more
+in the throat than by the mouth, teeth and lips, to which
+our people not being accustomed, make a bold stroke at the
+thing and imagine that they have accomplished something
+wonderful. It is true one can easily learn as much as is
+sufficient for the purposes of trading, but this is done
+almost as much by signs with the thumb and fingers as by
+speaking; and this cannot be done in religious matters.
+It also seems to us that they rather design to conceal
+their language from us than to properly communicate it,
+except in things which happen in daily trade; saying that
+it is sufficient for us to understand them in that; and
+then they speak only half sentences, shortened words, and
+frequently call out a dozen things and even more; and all
+things which have only a rude resemblance to each other,
+they frequently call by the same name. In truth it is a
+made-up, childish language; so that even those who can best
+of all speak with the savages, and get along well in trade,
+are nevertheless wholly in the dark and bewildered when
+they hear the savages talking among themselves.
+
+<1> An allusion to Nehemiah xiii. 24.
+
+It would be well then to leave the parents as they are, and
+begin with the children who are still young. So be it. But
+they ought in youth to be separated from their parents; yea,
+from their whole nation. For, without this, they would
+forthwith be as much accustomed as their parents to the
+heathenish tricks and deviltries, which are kneaded naturally
+in their hearts by themselves through a just judgment of God;
+so that having once, by habit, obtained deep root, they would
+with great difficulty be emancipated therefrom. But this
+separation is hard to effect. For the parents have a strong
+affection for their children, and are very loth to part with
+them; and when they are separated from them, as we have
+already had proof, the parents are never contented, but take
+them away stealthily, or induce them to run away. Nevertheless,
+although it would be attended with some expense, we ought, by
+means of presents and promises, to obtain the children, with
+the gratitude and consent of the parents, in order to place
+them under the instruction of some experienced and godly
+schoolmaster, where they may be instructed not only to speak,
+read, and write in our language, but also especially in the
+fundamentals of our Christian religion; and where, besides,
+they will see nothing but good examples of virtuous living;
+but they must sometimes speak their native tongue among
+themselves in order not to forget it, as being evidently a
+principal means of spreading the knowledge of religion through
+the whole nation. In the meantime we should not forget to
+beseech the Lord, with ardent and continual prayers, for His
+blessing; who can make things which are unseen suddenly and
+opportunely to appear; who gives life to the dead; calls that
+which is not as though it were; and being rich in mercy has
+pity on whom He will; as He has compassionated us to be His
+people; and has washed us clean, sanctified us and justified
+us, when we were covered with all manner of corruption, calling
+us to the blessed knowledge of His Son, and out of the power
+of darkness to His marvellous light. And this I regard so
+much the more necessary, as the wrath and curse of God, resting
+upon this miserable people, is found to be the heavier.
+Perchance God may at last have mercy upon them, that the
+fulness of the heathen may be gradually brought in and the
+salvation of our God may be here also seen among these wild
+savage men. I hope to keep a watchful eye over these people,
+and to learn as much as possible of their language, and to
+seek better opportunities for their instruction than hitherto
+it has been possible to find.
+
+As to what concerns myself and my household affairs: I find
+myself by the loss of my good and helpful partner very much
+hindered and distressed--for my two little daughters are yet
+small; maid servants are not here to be had, at least none
+whom they can advise me to take; and the Angola slave women<1>
+are thievish, lazy, and useless trash. The young man whom I
+took with me, I discharged after Whitsuntide, for the reason
+that I could not employ him out-of-doors at any working of
+the land, and in-doors he was a burden to me instead of an
+assistance. He is now elsewhere at service among the farmers.
+
+<1> Slavery was introduced into New Netherland two or three
+years before this, a number of negroes, some of them from
+Angola, having been imported in 1625 or 1626.
+
+The promise which the Honorable Directors of the Company had
+made me of some morgens or acres of land for me to sustain
+myself, instead of a free table which otherwise belonged to
+me, is void and useless. For their Honors well knew that
+there are no horses, cows, or laborers to be obtained here
+for money. Every one is short in these particulars and
+wants more. I should not mind the expense if the opportunity
+only offered, for the sake of our own comfort, although there
+were no profit in it (the Honorable Directors nevertheless
+remaining indebted to me for as much as the value of a free
+table), for refreshment of butter, milk, etc., cannot be
+here obtained; though some is indeed sold at a very high
+price, for those who bring it in or bespeak it are jealous
+of each other. So I shall be compelled to pass through the
+winter without butter and other necessities, which the ships
+do not bring with them to be sold here. The rations, which
+are given out here, and charged for high enough, are all hard
+stale food, such as men are used to on board ship, and
+frequently not very good, and even so one cannot obtain as
+much as he desires. I began to get considerable strength,
+by the grace of the Lord, but in consequence of this hard
+fare of beans and gray peas, which are hard enough, barley,
+stockfish, etc., without much change, I cannot fully recuperate
+as I otherwise would. The summer yields something, but what
+is that for any one who does not feel well? The savages also
+bring some things, but one who has no wares, such as knives,
+beads, and the like, or seewan, cannot come to any terms with
+them. Though the people trade such things for proper wares,
+I know not whether it is permitted by the laws of the Company.
+I have now ordered from Holland almost all necessaries; and I
+hope to pass through the winter, with hard and scanty food.
+
+The country yields many good things for the support of life,
+but they are all too unfit and wild to be gathered. Better
+regulations should be established, and people brought here
+who have the knowledge and implements for seeking out all
+kinds of things in their season and for securing and gathering
+them. No doubt this will gradually be done. In the meanwhile,
+I wish the Honorable Directors to be courteously enquired of,
+how I can best have the opportunity to possess a portion of
+land, and (even at my own expense) to support myself upon it.
+For as long as there is no more accommodation to be obtained
+here from the country people, and I shall be compelled to
+order everything from the Fatherland at great expense and
+with much risk and trouble, or else live here upon these poor
+and hard rations alone, it will badly suit me and my children.
+We want ten or twelve more farmers with horses, cows and
+laborers in proportion, to furnish us with bread, milk products,
+and suitable fruits. For there are convenient places which
+can be easily protected and are very suitable, which can be
+bought from the savages for trifling toys, or could be occupied
+without risk, because we have more than enough shares which
+have never been abandoned but have been always reserved for
+that purpose.
+
+The business of furs is dull on account of the new war of the
+Maechibaeys<1> against the Mohicans at the upper end of this
+river. There have occurred cruel murders on both sides. The
+Mohicans have fled and their lands are unoccupied and are very
+fertile and pleasant. It grieves us that there are no people,
+and that there is no order from the Honorable Directors to
+occupy the same. Much timber is cut here to carry to the
+Fatherland, but the vessels are too few to take much of it.
+They are making a windmill to saw lumber and we also have a
+gristmill. They bake brick here, but it is very poor. There
+is good material for burning lime, namely, oyster shells, in
+large quantities. The burning of potash has not succeeded;
+the master and his laborers are all greatly disappointed.
+
+<1> Mohawks.
+
+We are busy now in building a fort of good quarry stone, which
+is to be found not far from here in abundance. May the Lord
+only build and watch over our walls. There is good opportunity
+for making salt, for there are convenient places, the water
+is salt enough, and there is no want of heat in summer. Besides,
+what the waters yield, both of the sea and rivers, in all kinds
+of fish; and what the land possesses in all kinds of birds,
+game, and woods, with vegetables, fruits, roots, herbs and
+plants, both for eating and medicinal purposes, and with which
+wonderful cures can be effected, it would take too long to tell,
+nor could I yet tell accurately. Your Reverence has already
+obtained some knowledge thereof and will be able to obtain from
+others further information. The country is good and pleasant,
+the climate is healthy, notwithstanding the sudden changes of
+cold and heat. The sun is very warm, the winter is fierce and
+severe and continues fully as long as in our country. The
+best remedy is not to spare the wood, of which there is enough,
+and to cover one's self with rough skins, which can also easily
+be obtained.
+
+The harvest, God be praised, is in the barns, and is larger
+than ever before. There ha been more work put on it than
+before. The ground is fertile enough to reward labor, but they
+must clear it well, and till it, just as our lands require.
+Until now there has been distress because many people were not
+very industrious, and also did not obtain proper sustenance
+for want of bread and other necessaries. But affairs are
+beginning to go better and to put on a different appearance,
+if only the Directors will send out good laborers and exercise
+all care that they be maintained as well as possible with what
+this country produces.
+
+I had intended and promised [to write] to the Honorable
+Brethren, Rudolphus Petri, Joannes Sylvius and Domine
+Cloppenburg, who, with your Reverence, were charged with the
+superintendence of these regions;<1> but as this would take
+long and the time is short, and my occupations at the present
+time many, your Reverence will please to give my friendly and
+kind regards to their Reverences, and to excuse me, on condition
+that I remain their debtor to fulfill my promise--God willing--
+the next time. Be pleased also to give my sincere respects to
+the Reverend Domine Triglandius, and to all the Brethren of
+the Consistory<2> besides, to all of whom I have not thought
+it necessary to write particularly at this time, as they are
+made by me participants in these tidings, and are content to
+be fed from the hand of your Reverence. If it shall be
+convenient for your Reverence or any of the Reverence Brethren
+to write to me a letter concerning matters which might be
+important in any degree to me, it would be very interesting
+to me, living here in a wild country without any society of
+our order, and would be a spur to write more assiduously to
+the Reverend Brethren concerning what may happen here. And
+especially do not forget my hearty salutations to the beloved
+wife and brother-in-law of your Reverence, who have shown me
+nothing but friendship and kindness above my deserts. If
+there were anything in which I could in return serve or gratify
+your Reverence, I should be glad to do so, and should not be
+delinquent in anything.
+
+<1> This duty had been committed to them by the synod of North
+Holland. The preachers named in the text were all at this
+time active in Amsterdam; Sylvius and Triglandius since 1610,
+and Johannes Cloppenburg since 1621.
+<2> Of Amsterdam.
+
+Concluding then herewith, and commending myself to your
+Reverence's favor and to your holy prayers to the Lord,
+
+Reverence and Learned Sir, Beloved Brother in Christ, and
+Kind Friend:
+
+Heartily commending your Reverence and all of you to Almighty
+God, to continued health and prosperity, and to eternal
+Salvation, by His Grace.
+
+>From the island of Manhatas in New Netherland, this 11th of
+August, Anno 1628, by me, your Reverence's very obedient
+servant in Christ,
+
+JONAS MICHAELIUS.
+
+
+
+
+END PROJECT GUTENBERG ETEXT "MICHAELIUS"
+
+
+
+
+BEGIN PROJECT GUTENBERG ETEXT "NOVUM BELGIUM"
+
+
+
+Reference material and source.
+
+Jogues, Father Isaac. "Novum Belgium, 1646." In J. Franklin
+Jameson, ed., Narratives of New Netherland, 1609-1664 (Original
+Narratives of Early American History). NY: Charles Scribner's
+Sons, 1909.
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+At some time before his death in 1800, Father Jean Joseph
+Casot, the last of the old race of Jesuits in Canada, seeing
+his order about to expire under the restrictions then imposed
+by the British government, and determined that all the materials
+for its history should not perish by reason of his death, made
+a selection from among its papers, and placed the portion thus
+preserved in the custody of the Augustinian nuns of the Hotel
+Dieu of Quebec. There they remained safe till in 1843 they
+were restored to the Society, then revived and under the charge
+of Father Martin, as superior of the Jesuits in Canada. Among
+these papers was the following, in which Father Jogues, at the
+time of his last sojourn in New France, described New Netherland
+as he had seen it three years before.
+
+Father Martin presented a transcript of the document, accompanied
+with an English translation, to the regents of the University of
+the State of New York. The translation was then published, in
+1851, in volume IV. of O'Callaghan's _Documentary History of
+the State of New York_ (pp. 21-24 of the octavo edition, pp.
+15-17 of the edition in quarto). The French original was
+printed for the first time in 1852 in an appendix to Father
+Martin's translation of Bressani's _Breve Relatione_. In 1857,
+Dr. John Gilmary Shea printed in the _Collections of the New
+York Historical Society_, second series, III. 215-219, a
+translation which, after revision by the present editor, is
+printed in the following pages. Dr. Shea made separate
+publication of the French text in his Cramoisy series in
+1862, and in the same year published another edition of original
+and translation. Both likewise appear in Thwaites's _Jesuit
+Relations_, XXVIII. 105-115. Dr. Thwaites also gives a
+facsimile of the first page of the original manuscript which
+Father Jogues wrote at Three Rivers, with hands crippled by
+the cruel usage of the Mohawks.
+
+
+
+NOVUM BELGIUM, BY FATHER ISAAC JOGUES, 1646
+
+
+NEW HOLLAND, which the Dutch call in Latin Novum Belgium,--in
+their own language, Nieuw Nederland, that is to say, New Low
+Countries--is situated between Virginia and New England. The
+mouth of the river, which some people call Nassau, or the Great
+North River, to distinguish it from another which they call the
+South River, and which I think is called Maurice River on some
+maps that I have recently seen, is at 40 deg. 30 min. The
+channel is deep, fit for the largest ships, which ascend to
+Manhattes Island, which is seven leagues in circuit, and on
+which there is a fort to serve as the commencement of a town
+to be built here, and to be called New Amsterdam.
+
+This fort, which is at the point of the island, about five
+or six leagues from the [river's] mouth, is called Fort
+Amsterdam; it has four regular bastions, mounted with several
+pieces or artillery. All these bastions and the curtains were,
+in 1643, but mounds, most of which had crumbled away, so that
+one entered the fort on all sides. There were no ditches. For
+the garrison of the said fort, and another which they had built
+still further up against the incursions of the savages, their
+enemies, there were sixty soldiers. They were beginning to
+face the gates and bastions with stone. Within the fort there
+was a pretty large stone church,<1> the house of the Governor,
+whom they called Director General, quite neatly built of brick,
+the storehouses and barracks.
+
+<1> See De Vries, p. 212, supra, and the _Representation of
+New Netherland_.
+
+On the island of Manhate, and in its environs, there may well
+be four or five hundred men of different sects and nations:
+the Director General told me that there were men of eighteen
+different languages; they are scattered here and there on the
+river, above and below, as the beauty and convenience of the
+spot invited each to settle: some mechanics however, who ply
+their trade, are ranged under the fort; all the others were
+exposed to the incursions of the natives, who in the year 1643,
+while I was there, actually killed some two score Hollanders,
+and burnt many houses and barns full of wheat.
+
+The river, which is very straight, and runs due north and south,
+is at least a league broad before the fort. Ships lie at anchor
+in a bay which forms the other side of the island, and can be
+defended by the fort.
+
+Shortly before I arrived there, three large ships of 300 tons
+each had come to load wheat; two found cargoes, the third
+could not be loaded, because the savages had burnt a part of
+the grain. These ships had come from the West Indies, where
+the West India Company usually keeps up seventeen ships of
+war.
+
+No religion is publicly exercised but the Calvinist, and orders
+are to admit none but Calvinists, but this is not observed; for
+besides the Calvinists there are in the colony Catholics, English
+Puritans, Lutherans, Anabaptists, here called Mnistes,<1> etc.
+
+<1> Mennonistes, Mennonites.
+
+When any one comes to settle in the country, they lend him
+horses, cows, etc.; they give him provisions, all which he
+returns as soon as he is at ease; and as to the land, after
+ten years he pays in to the West India Company the tenth of
+the produce which he reaps.
+
+This country is bounded on the New England side by a river
+they call the Fresche River,<1> which serves as a boundary
+between them and the English. The English, however, come very
+near to them, choosing to hold lands under the Hollanders,
+who ask nothing, rather than depend on the English Milords,
+who exact rents, and would fain be absolute. On the other side,
+southward, towards Virginia, its limits are the river which
+they call the South River, on which there is also a Dutch
+settlement,<2> but the Swedes have one at its mouth extremely
+well supplied with cannons and men.<3> It is believed that
+these Swedes are maintained by some Amsterdam merchants , who
+are not satisfied that the West India Company should alone
+enjoy all the commerce of these parts.<4> It is near this river
+that a gold mine is reported to have been found.
+
+<1> Connecticut.
+<2> Fort Nassau, at the mouth of Timber Creek.
+<3> He probably means Fort Nya Elfsborg, on the Jersey side
+of Delaware Bay, below Salem.
+<4> The reference is to aid rendered by Samuel Blommaert, an
+Amsterdam merchant, formerly a director of the Dutch West India
+Company, in fitting out the first Swedish expedition in 1637,
+and in engaging Peter Minuit to command it. Blommaert's letters
+to the Swedish chancellor, Count Axel Oxenstjerna, thirty-eight
+in number, 1635-1641, letters of great importance to the history
+of New Sweden, have just been published in the _Bijdragen en
+Mededeelingen_ of the Utrecht Historical Society, vol. XXIX.
+
+See in the work of the Sieur de Laet of Antwerp, the table
+and chapter on New Belgium, as he sometimes calls it, or the
+map "Nova Anglia, Novu Belgium et Virginia."<1>
+
+<1> De Laet, _Histoire du Nouveau Monde, table of contents,
+bk. III. ch. XII., and map.
+
+It is about fifty years since the Hollanders came to these
+parts.<1> The fort was begun in the year 1615; they began to
+settle about twenty years ago, and there is already some
+little commerce with Virginia and New England.
+
+<1> An exaggeration. There is no evidence of Dutch visits
+before Hudson's.
+
+The first comers found lands fit for use, deserted by the
+savages, who formerly had fields here. Those who came later
+have cleared the woods, which are mostly oak. The soil is
+good. Deer hunting is abundant in the fall. There are some
+houses built of stone; lime they make of oyster shells, great
+heaps of which are found here, made formerly by the savages,
+who subsist in part by that fishery.
+
+The climate is very mild. Lying at 40 2/3 degrees there are
+many European fruits, as apples, pears, cherries. I reached
+there in October, and found even then a considerable quantity
+of peaches.
+
+Ascending the river to the 43d degree, you meet the second
+[Dutch] settlement, which the tide reaches but does not pass.
+Ships of a hundred and a hundred and twenty tons can come up
+to it.
+
+There are two things in this settlement (which is called
+Renselaerswick, as if to say, settlement of Renselaers, who
+is a rich Amsterdam merchant)--first, a miserable little fort
+called Fort Orenge, built of logs, with four or five pieces
+of Breteuil cannon, and as many pedereros. This has been
+reserved and is maintained by the West India Company. This
+fort was formerly on an island in the river; it is now on the
+mainland, towards the Hiroquois, a little above the said island.
+
+Secondly, a colony sent here by this Renselaers, who is the
+patron. This colony is composed of about a hundred persons,
+who reside in some twenty-five or thirty houses built along
+the river, as each found most convenient. In the principal
+house resides the patron's agent; the minister has his apart,
+in which service is performed. There is also a kind of bailiff
+here, whom they call the seneschal,<1> who administers justice.
+All their houses are merely of boards and thatched, with no
+mason work except the chimneys. The forest furnishing many
+large pines, they make boards by means of their mills, which
+they have here for the purpose.
+
+<1> The schout.
+
+They found some pieces of ground all ready, which the savages
+had formerly cleared, and in which they sow wheat and oats for
+beer, and for their horses, of which they have great numbers.
+There is little land fit for tillage, being hemmed in by hills,
+which are poor soil. This obliges them to separate, and they
+already occupy two or three leagues of country.
+
+Trade is free to all; this gives the Indians all things cheap,
+each of the Hollanders outbidding his neighbor, and being
+satisfied provided he can gain some little profit.
+
+This settlement is not more than twenty leagues from the
+Agniehronons,<1> who can be reached by land or water, as the
+river on which the Iroquois lie,<2> falls into that which
+passes by the Dutch; but there are many low rapids, and a fall
+of a short half league, where the canoe must be carried.
+
+<1> The Mohawks.
+<2> Mohawk River.
+
+There are many nations between the two Dutch settlements,
+which are about thirty German leagues apart, that is, about
+fifty or sixty French leagues.<1> The Wolves, whom the Iroquois
+call Agotsaganens,<2> are the nearest to the settlement of
+Renselaerswick and to Fort Orange. War breaking out some years
+ago between the Iroquois and the Wolves, the Dutch joined the
+latter against the former; but four men having been taken and
+burnt, they made peace. Since then some nations near the sea
+having killed some Hollanders of the most distant settlement,
+the Hollanders killed one hundred and fifty Indians, men, women
+and children, they having, at divers times, killed forty
+Hollanders, burnt many houses, and committed ravages, estimated
+at the time that I was there at 200,000 l. (two hundred thousand
+livres).<3> Troops were raised in New England. Accordingly,
+in the beginning of winter, the grass being trampled down and
+some snow on the ground, they gave them chase with six hundred
+men, keeping two hundred always on the move and constantly
+relieving one another; so that the Indians, shut up in a large
+island, and unable to flee easily, on account of their women
+and children, were cut to pieces to the number of sixteen
+hundred, including women and children. This obliged the rest
+of the Indians to make peace, which still continues. This
+occurred in 1643 and 1644.<4>
+
+<1> One hundred and fifty English miles.
+<2> The Mohicans.
+<3> Livres tournois or francs, worth two or three times as
+much as francs at the time.
+<4> See _The Journal of New Netherland_.
+
+>From Three Rivers in New France, August 3, 1646.
+
+
+
+
+END PROJECT GUTENBERG ETEXT "NOVUM BELGIUM"
+
+
+
+
+BEGIN PROJECT GUTENBERG ETEXT "JOURNAL OF NEW NETHERLAND"
+
+
+
+Reference material and source.
+
+"Journal of New Netherland, 1647." In J. Franklin Jameson,
+ed., Narratives of New Netherland, 1609-1664 (Original
+Narratives of Early American History). NY: Charles Scribner's
+Sons, 1909.
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+AN account of the great Indian war which so desolated the
+province of New Netherland, and of some other actions of
+Kieft's administration, written from his point of view or
+that of his supporters, must be regarded as an important
+piece of evidence. It is the more to be welcomed because
+on the whole our evidences for New Netherland history come
+mainly from opponents of the provincial administration and
+of the West India Company. The archives of the company
+disappeared almost completely many years ago, the bulk of
+them having apparently been sold as waste paper not many
+years before Brodhead went to Holland upon his memorable
+search. Of Kieft's papers, we may suppose that the greater
+part were lost when the Princess was shipwrecked on the Welsh
+coast in September, 1647, and the deposed director and all
+his possessions were lost.
+
+The document which follows was found by Broadhead in the
+Royal Library of the Hague. It is still there and is
+designated No. 78 H 32. I has an outside cover forming a
+title-page, with ornamental lettering, but it is not the
+"book ornamented with water-color drawings" which Kieft is
+known to have sent home. A photograph of the first page,
+which the editor has procured, does nothing to show the
+authorship, for it is written in the hand of a professional
+scrivener. Mr. Van Laer, archivist of the State of New York,
+assures the editor that it is not the hand of Keift or that
+of Cornelis van Tienhoven, the provincial secretary.<1> But
+that it was either inspired by Kieft, or emanated from one
+of his supporters, is plain not only from its general tone
+but from its citations of documents. Of the documents to
+which its marginal notes refer, some of those that we can
+still trace are noted in the archives of the Netherlands as
+"from a copy-book of Director Kieft's." The rest, or the
+original copy-book, may have perished with him.
+
+<1> Mr. J.H. Innes tells me that it resembles that of Augustin
+Herrman.
+
+The piece was first printed in 1851, in the _Documentary
+History of the State of New York_, IV. 1-17. It was printed
+for the second time in 1856, in _Documents relating to the
+Colonial History of New York_, I. 179-188. For the present
+issue this early and imperfect translation has been revised
+with great care by Dr. Johannes de Hullu of the National
+Archives of the Netherlands, who has used for this purpose
+the original manuscript in the Royal Library.
+
+
+JOURNAL OF NEW NETHERLAND, 1647
+
+Journal of New Netherland, 1647, described in the Years 1641,
+1642, 1643, 1644, 1645 and 1646.
+
+Brief Description of New Netherland.
+
+
+NEW NETHERLAND (so called because it was first frequented and
+peopled by the free Netherlanders) is a province in the most
+northern part of America lying between New England (which
+bounds it on the northeast side) and Virginia lying to the
+southwest of it. The ocean washes its whole length along a
+clean sandy coast, very similar to that of Flanders or Holland,
+having except the rivers few bays or harbors for ships; the
+air is very temperate, inclining to dryness, healthy, little
+subject to sickness. The four seasons of the year are about
+as in France, or the Netherlands. The difference is, the
+spring is shorter because it begins later, the summer is
+warmer because it comes on more suddenly, the autumn is long
+and very pleasant, the winter cold and liable to much snow.
+Two winds ordinarily prevail: the N.W. in winter and the
+S.W. in summer; the other winds are not common; the N.W.
+corresponds with our N.E. because it blows across the
+country from the cold point as our N.E. does. The S.W. is
+dry and hot like our S.E. because it comes from the warm
+countries; the N.E. is cold and wet like our S.W. for similar
+reasons. The character of the country is very like that of
+France; the land is fairly high and level, especially broken
+along the coast by small rocky hills unfit for agriculture;
+farther in the interior are pretty high mountains (generally
+exhibiting great appearance of minerals) between which flow
+a great number of small rivers. In some places there are even
+some lofty ones of extraordinary height, but not many. Its
+fertility falls behind no province in Europe in excellence of
+fruits and seeds. There are three principal rivers, to wit:
+the Fresh, the Mauritius and the South River,<1> all three
+reasonably wide and deep, adapted for the navigation of
+large ships twenty-five leagues up and of common barks even
+to the falls. From the River Mauritius off to beyond the
+Fresh River stretches a channel that forms an island, forty
+leagues long, called Long Island, which is the ordinary
+passage from New England to Virginia, having on both sides
+many harbors to anchor in, so that people make no difficulty
+about navigating it in winter. The country is generally
+covered with trees, except a few valleys and some large
+flats of seven or eight leagues and less; the trees are as
+in Europe, viz. Oak, hickory, chestnut, vines. The animals
+are also of the same species as ours, except lions and some
+other strange beasts, many bears, abundance of wolves which
+harm nobody but the small cattle, elks and deer in abundance,
+foxes, beavers, otters, minks and such like. The birds which
+are natural to the country are turkeys like ours, swans,
+geese of three sorts, ducks, teals, cranes, herons, bitterns,
+two sorts of partridges, four sorts of heath fowls, grouse or
+pheasants. The river fish is like that of Europe, viz., carp,
+sturgeon, salmon, pike, perch, roach, eel, etc. In the salt
+waters are found codfish, haddock, herring and so forth, also
+abundance of oysters and clams.
+
+<1> Connecticut, Hudson and Delaware.
+
+The Indians are of ordinary stature, strong and broad shouldered;
+olive color, light and nimble of foot, subtle of mind, of few
+words which they previously well consider, hypocritical,
+treacherous, vindictive; brave and obstinate in self-defence,
+in time of need right resolute to die. They seem to despise
+all the torments that can be inflicted on them without once
+uttering a sigh--go almost naked except a lap which hangs
+before their private parts, and on the shoulders a deer skin
+or a mantle, a fathom square, of woven Turkey feathers or
+peltries sewed together. They now make great use of duffel
+cloths, blue or red, in consequence of the frequent visits of
+the Christians. In winter they make shoes of deer skins,
+manufactured after their fashion. Except their chiefs, they
+have generally but one wife whom they frequently change
+according to caprice; she must do all the work, as well corn-
+planting as wood-cutting and whatever else is to be done.
+They are divided into various nations. They differ even in
+language, which would be altogether too long to be narrated
+in this short space. They dwell together in tribes, mostly
+of one consanguinity, over which commands a chief who is
+general and is generally called Sackema, possessing not much
+authority and little advantage, unless in their dances and
+other ceremonies. They have no knowledge at all of God, no
+divine worship, no law, no justice; the strongest does what
+he pleases and the youths are master. Their weapons are the
+bow and arrow, in the use of which they are wonderful adepts.
+They live by hunting and fishing in addition to maize which
+the women plant.
+
+
+By Whom and How New Netherland was peopled.
+
+The subjects of the Lords States General had for a considerable
+time frequented this country solely for the purpose of the fur
+trade. Then, in the year 1623, the Chartered West India Company
+caused four forts to be erected in that country--two on the
+River Mauritius and one on each of the other [rivers]; the biggest
+stands on the point where the Mauritius River begins, and the
+other one,<1> mentioned heretofore, which their Honors named New
+Amsterdam; and six and thirty leagues upwards another called
+Orange. That on the South River is called Nassauw and that on
+Fresh River, the Good Hope. The Company has since continually
+maintained garrisons there. In the beginning their Honors had
+sent a certain number of settlers thither, and at great expense
+had three sawmills erected, which never realised any profit of
+consequence, on account of their great heaviness, and a great
+deal of money was expended for the advancement of the country,
+but it never began to be settled until every one had liberty
+to trade with the Indians, inasmuch as up to this time no one
+calculated to remain there longer than the expiration of his
+bounden time, and therefore they did not apply themselves to
+agriculture. Yea, even the colony of Renselaerwyck was of
+little consequence; but as soon as it was permitted, many
+servants, who had some money coming to them from the Company,
+applied for their discharge, built houses and formed plantations,
+spread themselves far and wide, each seeking the best land, and
+to be nearest the Indians in order thus to trade with them
+easily, others bought barks with which to trade goods at the
+North and at the South, and as the Lords Directors gave free
+passage from Holland thither, that also caused some to come.
+On the other hand, the English came also from both Virginia and
+New England. Firstly, many servants, whose time with their
+masters had expired, on account of the good opportunity to plant
+tobacco here, afterwards families and finally entire colonies,
+forced to quit that place both to enjoy freedom of conscience
+and to escape from the insupportable government of New England
+and because many more commodities were easier to be obtained
+here than there, so that in place of seven farms and two or
+three plantations which were here, one saw thirty farms, as
+well cultivated and stocked with cattle as in Europe, and a
+hundred plantations which in two or three [years] would have
+become well arranged farms. For after the tobacco was out of
+the ground, corn was thrown in there without ploughing. In
+winter men were busy preparing new lands. Five English colonies
+which by contract had [settled] under us on equal terms as the
+others. Each of these was in appearance not less than a
+hundred families strong, exclusive of the colony of Rensselaers
+Wyck which is prospering, with that of Myndert Meyndertsz<2>
+and Cornelis Melyn,<3> who began first, also the village New
+Amsterdam around the fort, a hundred families, so that there
+was appearance of producing supplies in a year for fourteen
+thousand souls, without straining the country, and had there
+been no want of laborers or farm servants twice as much could
+have been raised, considering that fifty lasts of rye and fifty
+lasts of peas still remained over around the fort after a large
+quantity had been burnt and destroyed by the Indians, who in a
+short time nearly brought this country to nought and had well
+nigh destroyed this good hope, in manner following--
+
+<1> East River, apparently.
+<2> The colony of Hackensack, belonging to Meyndert Meyndertsen
+van Keren and others.
+<3> Cornelis Melyn's colony embraced all Staten Island except
+De Vries's plantation.
+
+
+The Causes of the New Netherland War and the Sequel thereof.
+
+We have already stated that the cause of the population of
+New Netherland was the liberty to trade with the Indians.
+We shall now prove that it also is the cause of its ruin,
+producing two contrary effects, and that not without reason
+as shall appear from the following.
+
+This liberty then which in every respect should have been
+most gratefully received, of which use should have been made
+as of a precious gift, was very soon perverted to a great
+abuse. For every one thought that now the time had come to
+make his fortune, withdrew himself from his comrade, as if
+holding him suspect and the enemy of his gains, and sought
+communication with the Indians from whom it appeared his
+profit was to be derived. That created first a division of
+power of dangerous consequence, in opposition to Their High
+Mightinesses' motto<1>--produced altogether too much
+familiarity with the Indians which in a short time brought
+forth contempt, usually the father of hate--not being
+satisfied with merely taking them into their houses in the
+customary manner, but attracting them by extraordinary
+attention, such as admitting them to the table, laying
+napkins before them, presenting wine to them and more of
+that kind of thing, which they did not receive like Esop's
+man, but as their due and desert, insomuch that they were
+not content but began to hate when such civilities were not
+shewn them. To this familiarity and freedom succeeded
+another evil. As the cattle usually roamed through the
+woods without a herdsman, they frequently came into the
+corn of the Indians which was unfenced on all sides,
+committing great damage there; this led to frequent complaints
+on their part and finally to revenge on the cattle without
+sparing even the horses, which were valuable in this country.
+Moreover many of ours took the Indians into service, making
+use of them in their houses and thus, whilst they were being
+employed, laying open before those Indians our entire
+circumstances; and sometimes becoming weary of their work,
+they took leg-bail and stole much more than the amount of
+their wages. This freedom caused still great mischief, for
+the inhabitants of Renselaerswyck who were as many traders
+as persons, perceiving that the Mohawks were craving for
+guns, which some of them had already received from the English,
+paying for each as many as twenty beavers and for a pound of
+powder as much as ten to twelve guilders, they came down in
+greater numbers than was their wont where people were well
+supplied with guns, purchasing these at a fair price, thus
+realizing great profit; afterwards they obtained some from
+their Heer Patroon for their self-defence in time of need, as
+we suppose. This extraordinary gain was not kept long a
+secret, the traders coming from Holland soon got scent of it,
+and from time to time brought over great quantities, so that
+the Mohawks in a short time were seen with firelocks, powder
+and lead in proportion. Four hundred armed men knew how to
+use their advantage, especially against their enemies
+dwelling along the river of Canada,<2> against whom they have
+now achieved many profitable forays where before they derived
+little advantage; this causes them also to be respected by
+the surrounding Indians even as far as the sea coast, who
+must generally pay them tribute, whereas, on the contrary,
+they were formerly obliged to contribute to these. On this
+account the Indians endeavored no less to procure guns, and
+through the familiarity which existed between them and our
+people, they began to solicit them for guns and powder, but
+as such was forbidden on pain of death and it could not
+remain secret in consequence of the general conversation,
+they could not obtain them. This added to the previous
+contempt greatly augmented the hatred which stimulated them
+to conspire against us, beginning first by insults which they
+everywhere indiscreetly uttered railing at us as Materiotty
+(that is to say) the cowards--that we might indeed be
+something on water, but of no account on land, and that we
+had neither a great sachem nor chiefs.
+
+<1> Eendracht maakt macht, union makes strength.
+<2> Father Jogues speaks more than once of the ill effects
+of the Dutch practice of selling fire-arms to the Indians.
+
+[Here two pages are wanting.]
+
+he of Witqueschreek living northeast of the island Manhatans,
+perpetrated another murderous deed in the house of an old
+man,<1> a wheelwright, with whom he was acquainted (having
+been in his son's service) being well received and supplied
+with food, pretending a desire to buy something and whilst
+the old man was taking from the chest the cloth the Indian
+wanted the latter took up an ax and cut his head off, further
+plundering the house, and ran away. This outrage obliged
+the Director to demand satisfaction from the sachem, who
+refused it, saying that he was sorry that twenty Christians
+had not been murdered<2> and that this Indians had only
+avenged the death of his uncle who, it was alleged, had been
+slain by the Dutch twenty-one years before. Whereupon all
+the commonalty were called together by the Director to
+consider this affair, who all appeared and presently twelve
+men delegated from among them<3> answered the propositions,
+and resolved at once on war should the murderer be refused;
+that the attack should be made on [the Indians] in the
+autumn when they were hunting; meanwhile an effort should
+be again made by kindness to obtain justice, which was
+accordingly several times sought for but in vain.
+
+<1> Claes Smits Rademaker.
+<2> "Note A [in the original]. Capt. Patricx letter 21 August
+1641." I do not find this letter in print. Captain Patrick,
+formerly a soldier under the Prince of Orange, was one of the
+early members of the colony of Massachusetts Bay, but had
+left that colony in 1639 and settled with his Dutch wife at
+Greenwich. Concerning his death, at the hands of a Dutch
+Trooper, see Winthrop, II. 153-154, in this series.
+<3> "Note B. Their answer and resolution dated the 29th August,
+1641." This document, "from Director Kieft's copy-book," is
+in _N.Y. Col. Doc._, I. 415.
+
+The time being come many difficulties were alleged and
+operations were postponed until the year 1642, when it was
+resolved to avenge the perpetrated outrage. Thereupon spies
+looked up the Indians who lay in their dwelling-place
+suspecting nothing, and eighty men were detailed under the
+command of Ensign Hendrick van Dyck and sent thither. The
+guide being come with the troops in the neighborhood of the
+Indian wigwams lost his way in consequence of the darkness
+of the night. The ensign became impatient, and turned back
+without having accomplished anything. The journey, however,
+was not without effect, for the Indians who remarked by the
+trail made by our people in marching that they had narrowly
+escaped discovery, sought for peace which was granted them
+on condition that they should either deliver up the murderer
+or inflict justice themselves; this they promised, but without
+any result.
+
+Some weeks after this Miantonimo, principal sachem of Sloops
+Bay,<1> came here with one hundred men, passing through all
+the Indian villages<2> soliciting them to a general war
+against both the English and the Dutch,<3> whereupon some of
+the neighboring Indians attempted to set our powder on fire
+and to poison the Director or to inchant him by their devilry,
+as their ill will was afterwards made manifest as well in fact
+as by report. Those of Hackingsack, otherwise called Achter
+Col, had with their neighbors killed an Englishman, a servant
+of one David Pietersen, and a few days after shot dead in an
+equally treacherous manner a Dutchman, who sat roofing a
+house in the colony of Meyndert Meyndertz,<4> which was
+established there against he advice of the Director and will
+of the Indians, and which by the continual damage which their
+cattle committed caused no little dissatisfaction to the Indians,
+and contributed greatly to the war. The commonalty began then
+to be alarmed, and not without reason, having the Indians daily
+in their houses. The murderers were frequently demanded,
+either living or dead, even with a promise of reward; they
+always returned a scoffing answer laughing at us. Finally,
+the commonalty, very much displeased with the Director,
+upbraided him for conniving with the Indians, and [declared]
+that an attempt was making to sell Christian blood;<5> yea,
+that the will of the entire commonalty was surrendered to him,
+and in case he would not avenge blood they should do it
+themselves, be the consequences what they might. The Director
+advised Pacham the sachem,<6> who interested himself in this
+matter, warning him that we should wait no longer inasmuch as
+no satisfaction had been given.
+
+<1> I.e., of the Narragansetts.
+<2> "Note C. The English Manifest, Page 2." This means that
+now rare pamphlet, _A Declaration of Former Passages and
+Proceedings betwixt the English and the Narrowgansets_ (Cambridge,
+1645), published by order of the Commissioners of the United
+Colonies. See its text, and the particular passage here referred
+To, in _Records of Plymouth Colony_, IX. 50.
+<3> "Note D. Capt. Patricx letter dated 2 Jan'y, 1642." I have
+nowhere seen this letter.
+<4> "Note E. The order in the Director's letter and in the
+deposition thereupon." See De Vries, p. 215, supra.
+<5> "Note F. Resolve of the 12 delegates dated 21 Jan'y, 1642."
+See _N.Y. Col. Doc., I. 414-415.
+<6> Of the Haverstraw Indians.
+
+Meanwhile God wreaked vengeance on those of Witquescheck without
+our knowledge through the Mahicanders dwelling below Fort Orange,
+who slew seventeen of them, and made prisoners of many women and
+children. The remainder fled through a deep snow to the
+Christians' houses on and around the island Manhatens. They were
+most humanely received being half dead of cold and hunger; they
+supported them for fourteen days, even corn was sent to them by
+the Director. A short time after, another panic seized the
+Indians which caused them to fly to divers places in the vicinity
+of the Dutch. This opportunity to avenge the innocent blood
+induced some of the Twelve Men to represent to the Director that
+it was now time, whereupon they received for answer that they
+should put their request in writing which was done by three in
+the name of them all,<1> by a petition to be allowed to attack
+those of Hackingsack in two divisions--on the Manhatens and on
+Pavonia. This was granted after a protracted discussion too
+long to be reported here, so that the design was executed that
+same night; the burghers slew those who lay a small league from
+the fort, and the soldiers those at Pavonia, at which two places
+about eighty Indians were killed and thirty taken prisoners.
+Next morning before the return of the troops a man and a woman
+were shot at Pavonia who had come through curiosity either to
+look at or plunder the dead; the soldiers had rescued a young
+child which the woman had in her arms.
+
+<1> "Note G. Their Petition dated 24th Feb. 1643." _N.Y. Col.
+Doc._, I. 193. Its true date was February 22.
+
+The Christians residing on Long Island also requested by
+petition<1> to be allowed to attack and slay the Indians
+thereabout; which was refused, as these especially had done
+us no harm, and shewed us every friendship--(yea, had even
+voluntarily killed some of the Raritans, our enemies,
+hereinbefore mentioned). Yet notwithstanding<2> some Christians
+attempted secretly with two waggons to steal maize from these
+Indians, out of their cabins, which they perceiving endeavored
+to prevent, thereupon three Indians were shot dead, two houses
+standing opposite the fort were in return forthwith set on
+fire. The Director knowing nought of this sent at once some
+persons to enquire the reason of it. The Indians showing
+themselves afar off, called out--"Be ye our friends? ye are
+mere corn stealers"--forth with behaving as enemies. This
+induced one of the proprietors of the burnt houses to upbraid
+therewith one Maryn Adriaenzen, who at his request had led the
+freemen in the attack on the Indians, and who being reinforced
+by an English troop had afterwards undertaken two bootless
+expeditions in the open field. Imagining that the Director
+had accused him, he being one of the signers of the petition
+he determined to revenge himself.<3> With this resolution he
+proceeded to the Director's house armed with a pistol, loaded
+and cocked, and a hanger by his side; coming unawares into the
+Director's room, he presents his pistol at him, saying, "What
+devilish lies art thou reporting of me?" but by the promptness
+of one of the bystanders, the shot was prevented, and he
+himself immediately confined. A short time after, Marine's
+man and another entered the fort, each carrying a loaded gun
+and pistol. The first fired at the Director who having had
+notice withdrew towards his house, the balls passing into the
+wall alongside the door behind him; the sentinel firing
+immediately on him who had discharged his gun, brought him
+down. Shortly afterwards some of the commonalty collected
+before the Director, riotously demanding the prisoner; they
+were answered that their request should be presented in order
+and in writing, which about 25 men did; they therein asked the
+Director to pardon the criminal. The matters were referred to
+them to decide conscientiously thereupon, in such wise that
+they immediately went forth, without hearing parties or seeing
+any complaints or documents. They condemn him in a fine of
+five hundred guilders, and to remain three months away from
+the Manhatens, but on account of the importance of the affair
+and some considerations, it was resolved to send the criminal
+with his trial to Holland, which...<4>
+
+<1> "Note H. Their petition and the answer thereto, dated 27
+Feb. 1643." Printed in _N.Y. Col. Doc._, I. 416-417.
+<2> "Note I. Contains the information thereupon."
+<3> "Note K. His trial therefor."
+<4> Gap in manuscript.
+
+In this confusion mingled with great terror passed the winter
+away; the season came for driving out the cattle; this obliged
+many to desire peace. On the other hand the Indians, seeing
+also that it was time to plant maize, were not less solicitous
+for peace, so that after some negotiation, peace was concluded
+in May Ao. 1643 [more] in consequence of the importunity of
+some than because it was generally expected that it would be
+durable.
+
+The Indians kept still after this peace, associating daily
+with our people; yea, even the greatest chiefs came to visit
+the Director. Meanwhile Pachem, a crafty man, ran through
+all the villages urging the Indians to a general massacre. To
+this was added moreoever that certain Indians called Wappingers,
+dwelling sixteen leagues up the river, with whom we never had
+any the least trouble, seized on a boat coming from Fort Orange
+wherein were only two men, and full four hundred beavers. This
+great booty stimulated<1> others to join them, so that they
+seized two boats more, intending to overhaul the fourth also,
+from which they were driven off with the loss of six Indians.
+Nine Christians including two women were murdered in these
+captured barks, one woman and two children remaining prisoners.
+The other Indians, so soon as their maize was ripe, were
+likewise roused, and through semblance of selling beavers
+killed an old man and an old woman, leaving another man with
+five wounds, who however fled to the fort in a boat with a
+little child on his arm, who in the first outbreak had lost
+father and mother, and now grandfather and grandmother, being
+thus twice through God's merciful blessing rescued from the
+hands of the Indians, before it was two years old. Nothing
+was now heard but murders, most of which were committed under
+pretence of coming to put the Christians on their guard.
+
+<1> "Note M. Their acknowledgement made before the English
+16 January, 1643, English style."
+
+Finally they took the field and attacked the farms at Pavonia.
+There were here at the time two ships of war and a privateer
+who saved considerable cattle and grain. Nevertheless it was
+not possible to prevent the destruction of four farms on
+Pavonia, which were burnt, not by open force, but by stealthily
+creeping through the brush with fire in hand, thus igniting
+the roofs which are all either of reed or straw; one covered
+with plan was saved at that time.
+
+The commonalty were called together; they were sore distressed.
+They chose eight, in the stead of the previous twelve<1>, persons
+to aid in consulting for the best; but the occupation every one
+had to take care of his own, prevented anything beneficial being
+adopted at that time--nevertheless it was resolved that as many
+Englishmen as were to be got in the country should be enlisted,
+who were indeed now proposing to depart; the third part of these
+were to be paid by the commonalty; this promise was made by the
+commonalty but was not followed by the pay.
+
+<1> "Note N. Resolve of 13 Sept'r 1643." _N.Y. Col. Doc._, I.
+194.
+
+Terror increasing all over the land the Eight Men assembled,
+drew<1> up a proposal in writing wherein they asked that
+delegates should be sent to the north, to our English neighbors,
+to request an auxiliary force of one hundred and fifty men, for
+whose pay a bill of exchange should be given for twenty-five
+thousand guilders, and that New Netherland should be so long
+mortgaged to the English as security for the payment thereof.
+One of the most influential among the Eight Men had by letter<2>
+enforced by precedents previously endeavored to persuade the
+Director to this course, as they had also a few days before
+Resolved<3> that the provisions destined for Curacao should be
+unloaded from the vessels and the major portion of the men
+belonging to them detained, and to send the ships away thus
+empty. This was not yet agreed to nor considered expedient
+by the Director.
+
+[Here four pages are wanting.]
+
+[An expedition was despatched consisting of ---- regular
+soldiers] under the command of the sergeant,<4> forty burghers
+under their Captain Jochem Pietersen,<5> thirty-five Englishmen
+under Lieutenant Baxter,<6> but to prevent all confusion,
+Councillor La Montagne<7> was appointed general. Coming to
+Staten Island, they marched the whole night, finding the houses
+empty and abandoned by the Indian; they got five or six hundred
+skepels of corn, burning the remainder without accomplishing
+anything else.
+
+<1> "Note O. Dated 6th Octob. 1643."
+<2> "Note P. Dated 9th March, 1643."
+<3> "Note Q. In their resolution 30th September, 1643."
+<4> Pieter Cock.
+<5> Jochem Pietersen Kuyter, one of the Twelve Men and of the
+Eight Men.
+<6> George Baxter, an exile from New England, now English
+secretary under Kieft. The number of English colonists in New
+Netherland, especially on Long Island, was rapidly increasing.
+<7> Dr. Johannes la Montagne, a Hugeunot physician, who with
+Kieft constituted the council of the province.
+
+Mayane, a sachem, residing eight leagues northeast of us,
+between Greenwich (that lies within our jurisdiction) and
+Stantfort,<1> which is English,--a bold Indian who alone dared
+to attack with bow and arrows three Christians armed with guns,
+one of whom he shot dead--whilst engaged with the other, was
+killed by the third Christian and his head brought hither. It
+was then known and understood for the first time, that he and
+his Indians had done as much injury, though we never had any
+difference with him. Understanding further that they lay in
+their houses very quiet and without suspicion on account of
+the neighborhood of the English, it was determined to hunt
+them up and attack them, and one hundred and twenty men were
+went thither under the preceding command. The people landed
+at Greenwich in the evening from three yachts, marched the
+entire night but could not find the Indians, either because
+the guide brought this about on purpose, as was believed, or
+because he had himself gone astray. Retreat was made to the
+yachts in order to depart as secretly as possible. Passing
+through Stantfort some Englishmen were encountered who
+offered to lead ours to the place where some Indians were.
+Thereupon four scouts were sent in divers directions to
+discover them, who at their return reported that the Indians
+had some notice of our people by the salute which the
+Englishmen gave us, but without any certainty, whereupon
+five and twenty of the bravest men were at once commanded to
+proceed thither to the nearest village. With great diligence
+they made the journey, killing eighteen or twenty Indians,
+capturing an old man, two women and some children, to exchange
+for ours. The other troops found the huts empty, and further
+came hither with the yachts.
+
+<1> Stamford.
+
+The old Indian captured above having promised to lead us to
+Wetquescheck, which consisted of three castles, sixty-five
+men were despatched under Baxter and Pieter Cock, who found
+them empty, though thirty Indians could have stood against
+two hundred soldiers since the castles were constructed of
+plank five inches thick, nine feet high, and braced around
+with thick balk full of port-holes. Our people burnt two,
+reserving the third for a retreat. Marching eight or nine
+leagues further, they discovered nothing but some huts, which
+they could not surprize as they were discovered. They came
+back having killed only one or two Indians, taken some women
+and children prisoners and burnt much corn. Meanwhile we
+were advised that Pennewitz,<1> one of the oldest and most
+experienced Indians in the country, and who in the first
+conspiracy had given the most dangerous advice--to wit, that
+they should wait and not attack the Dutch until all suspicion
+had been lulled, and then divide themselves equally through
+the houses of the Christians and slaughter all these in one
+night--was secretly waging war against us with his tribe,
+who killed some of our people and set fire to the houses. It
+was therefore resolved to send thither a troop of one hundred
+and twenty men. The burghers under their company, the English
+under the Sergeant Major Van der Hyl<2> (who within a few days
+had offered his services and was accepted), the veteran
+soldiers under Pieter Cock, all under the command of Mr. La
+Montagne, proceed hence in three yachts, land in Scouts Bay
+on Long Island,<3> and march towards Heemstede<4> (where there
+is an English colony dependent on us.) Some sent forward in
+advance dexterously killed an Indian who was out as a spy.
+Our force was divided into two divisions--Van der Hil with
+fourteen English towards the smallest, and eighty men towards
+the largest village named Matsepe,<5> both which were very
+successful, killing about one hundred and twenty men; of ours
+one man remained on the field and three were wounded.
+
+<1> Chief of the Canarsee tribe, in western Long Island.
+<2> John Underhill, whose unctuous piety and profligate life
+have an important place in Winthrop and other New England
+historians. With Captain John Mason he had the leading part
+in the crushing of the Pequots in 1637. Banished from
+Massachusetts and restored, this amusing reprobate had gone
+to the Dutch, "having good offers made him by the Dutch governor
+(he speaking the Dutch tongue and his wife a Dutch woman)," but
+had now settled at Stamford. Later he lived at Flushing and at
+Oyster Bay, where he died in 1672.
+<3> Now called Manhasset Bay.
+<4> Now Hempstead, Long Island, where early in 1644 Robert
+Fordham and other English from Stamford had formed a colony
+under New Netherland jurisdiction.
+<5> Mespath, now Newtown, Long Island.
+<6> Stamford.
+
+Our forces being returned from this expedition, Capt. Van der
+Hil was despatched to Stantfort,<1> to get some information
+there of the Indians. He reported that the guide who had
+formerly served us, and was supposed to have gone astray in
+the night, had now been in great danger of his life among the
+Indians, of whom there were about five hundred together. He
+offered to lead us there, to shew that the former mischance
+was not his fault. One hundred and thirty men were accordingly
+despatched under the aforesaid Genl Van der Hil and Hendrick
+van Dyck, ensign. They embarked in three yachts, and landed at
+Greenwich, where they were obliged to pass the night by reason
+of the great snow and storm. In the morning they marched
+northwest up over stony hills over which some must creep. In
+the evening about eight o'clock they came within a league of
+the Indians, and inasmuch as they should have arrived too
+early and had to cross two rivers, one of two hundred feet
+wide and three deep, and that the men could not afterwards there
+rest in consequence of the cold, it was determined to remain
+there until about ten o'clock. The order was given as to the
+mode to be observed in attacking the Indians--they marched
+forward towards the houses, the latter being set up in three
+rows, street fashion, each row eighty paces long, in a low
+recess protected by the hills, affording much shelter from the
+northwest wind. The moon was then at the full, and threw a
+strong light against the hills so that many winter days were
+not brighter than it then was. On arriving there the Indians
+were wide awake, and on their guard, so that ours determined
+to charge and surround the houses, sword in hand. They demeaned
+themselves as soldiers and deployed in small bands, so that we
+got in a short time one dead and twelve wounded. They were also
+so hard pressed that it was impossible for one to escape. In a
+brief space of time there were counted one hundred and eighty
+dead outside the houses. Presently none durst come forth,
+keeping within the houses, discharging arrows through the holes.
+The general perceived that nothing else was to be done, and
+resolved with Sergeant Major Van der Hil, to set the huts on
+fire, whereupon the Indians tried every means of escape, not
+succeeding in which they returned back to the flames preferring
+to perish by the fire than to die by our hands. What was most
+wonderful is, that among this vast collection of men, women and
+children not one was heard to cry or to scream. According to
+the report of the Indians themselves the number then destroyed
+exceeded five hundred. Some say, full seven hundred, among
+whom were also twenty-five Wappingers, our God having collected
+together there the greater number of our enemies, to celebrate
+one of their festivals in their manner, from which escaped no
+more than eight men in all, and three of them were severely
+wounded.
+
+The fight ended, several fires were built in consequence of
+the great cold. The wounded, fifteen in number, among whom
+was the general, were dressed, and the sentinels being posted
+the troops bivouacked there for the remainder of the night. On
+the next day, the party set out very early in good order, so
+as to arrive at Stantfort in the evening. They marched with
+great courage over that wearisome range of hills, God affording
+extraordinary strength to the wounded, some of whom were badly
+hurt; and came in the afternoon to Stantfort after a march of
+two days and one night and little rest. The English received
+our people in a very friendly manner, affording them every
+comfort. In two days they reached here. A thanksgiving was
+proclaimed on their arrival.
+
+[The remainder is wanting.]
+
+<1> Stamford.
+
+
+
+
+END OF PROJECT GUTENBERG ETEXT "JOURNAL OF NEW NETHERLAND."
+
+
+
+
+
+BEGIN PROJECT GUTENBERG ETEXT "REPRESENTATION OF NEW NETHERLAND"
+
+
+
+
+Reference material and sources.
+
+Adriaen van der Donck, The Representation of New
+Netherland, 1650. In J. Franklin Jameson, ed.,
+Narratives of New Netherland, 1609-1664 (Original
+Narratives of Early American History). NY: Charles
+Scribner's Sons, 1909.
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+The fussy incompetence of Kieft and the disastrous results
+of the Indian war he had aroused led at last to his removal,
+and in May, 1647, a new director-general arrived, Petrus
+Stuyvesant, who had made a good record as governor of Curacao
+in the West Indies. Stuyvesant, the last of the Dutch
+governors, was a man of character, brave, honest, capable and
+energetic; but he was proud, headstrong and tyrannical, and
+had such high notions of a governor's prerogative that from
+the first he conceived a prejudice against the opponents of
+Kieft, and presently Kuyter and Melyn were condemned to severe
+punishment for attempting to bring the latter to justice.
+
+The new director-general was bent on pursuing a vigorous policy
+toward encroaching English and Swedish neighbors, on repressing
+the high claims of the patroon's officers at Rensselaerswyck,
+on putting the province in good condition for defence, on
+suppressing illegal trading, especially the supplying of fire-
+arms to the Indians, and on regulating with a strong hand all
+the doings of his small body of subjects. But such a policy
+costs money, and to obtain it by taxation he found himself
+compelled in August, 1647, like many another arbitrary ruler,
+to summon reluctantly the representatives of the people.
+Carefully as the functions of the Nine Men were limited, they
+constituted a permanent element in the governmental system, as
+the Twelve Men and Eight Men had not. It was inevitable that
+sooner or later they should become the mouthpiece of popular
+discontent, which was rapidly increasing under the unprosperous
+condition of the province and the burdensome taxes, customs
+and other restrictions imposed upon its economic life.
+
+In December, 1648, the board was partly renewed. One of the
+new members, Adriaen van der Donck, a lawyer from Breda, who
+from 1641 to 1646 had been schout for the patroon at
+Renssellaerwyck, soon became the leading spirit of the new
+board. Their sense of popular grievances increasing, they
+planned to send a deputation to the mother country to
+remonstrate. Stuyvesant opposed, arrested Van der Donck,
+seized some of his papers, and expelled him from the board.
+Nevertheless, a bold memorial to the States General was
+prepared, and was signed on July 26, 1649, "in the name and
+on the behalf of the commonalty of New Netherland," by Van
+der Donck and ten others, present or former members of the
+board of Nine Men. In this memorial, which is printed in
+_Documents relating to the Colonial History of New York_, I.
+259-261, the representatives request the Dutch government to
+enact measures for the encouragement of emigration to the
+province, to grant "suitable municipal [or civil] government,
+...somewhat resembling the laudable government of the
+Fatherland," to accord greater economic freedom, and to
+settle with foreign governments those disputes respecting
+colonial boundaries and jurisdiction the constant agitation
+of which so unsettled the province and impeded its growth.
+
+The following document accompanied the memorial, bearing date
+two days later, July 28, 1649, and was signed by the same
+eleven men. It is considered probable that Adriaen van der
+Donck was its main author. Its first part, descriptive of
+the province, reads like a preliminary sketch for his
+_Beschryvinge van Nieuw-Nederlant_ ("Description of New
+Netherland"), a very interesting work published at Amsterdam
+six years later (1665, second edition 1656), and of which a
+translation appears in the _Collections of the New York
+Historical Society_, second series, I. 125-242.
+
+With respect to the remaining, or political portion of its
+contents, it is only fair for the reader to remember that
+it is a body of ex parte statements, and should be compared
+with those made on behalf of the administration by Secretary
+van Tienhoven in his _Answer_, the document immediately
+following this. Stuyvesant, whatever his faults of temper--
+love of autocratic power, lack of sympathy with the life of
+a community already far from austere, vindictiveness even--
+conceived of his province as a political community, not
+solely as a commercial possession, and honestly tried to
+govern it with an eye to its own best interest. The directors,
+moreover, could truthfully say that many of their narrowest
+actions were prescribed by their instructions from the West
+India Company. While the States General were often capable
+of taking a statesmanlike view of New Netherland, and as it
+lost control of the former found itself involved in greater
+and greater financial embarrassments, which made it increasingly
+difficult to do justice to the latter. We may also set down
+on the credit side of the account that though the administration
+was slow to concede representative institutions to the province,
+it did not a little to organize local self-government, Kieft
+granting village rights, with magistrates and local courts of
+justice, to Hampstead in 1644, to Flushing in 1645, to Brooklyn
+in 1646, while Stuyvesant bestowed such rights on a dozen towns
+during his seventeen years' rule and gave New Amsterdam a
+somewhat restricted municipal government in 1653.
+
+Of those whose signatures follow Van der Donck's at the end
+of the _Representation_, Augustin Herrman was a Bohemian of
+Prague, who had served in Wallenstein's army, had come out to
+New Netherland in 1633 as agent of a mercantile house of
+Amsterdam, and had become an influential merchant. A man of
+various accomplishments, he probably made the drawing of New
+Amsterdam which is reproduced at the foot of Van der Donck's
+map in this volume. Later he made for Lord Baltimore a fine
+map of Maryland, and received as his reward the princely estate
+of Bohemia Manor. Arnoldus van Hardenberg, another merchant,
+had been a victim of judicial oppression by both Kieft and
+Stuyvesant. Jacob van Couwenhoven had come out in 1633 and
+resided at first at Rensselaerswyck; he was afterward of note
+as speculator and brewer in New Amsterdam. Oloff Stevensz
+van Cortlant had been store-keeper for the Company and deacon
+of the church; later he was burgomaster of New Amsterdam.
+Michiel Jansz and Thomas Hall were farmers, the latter, the
+first English settler in New York State, having come to
+Manhattan as a deserter from George Holmes's abortive expedition
+of 1635 against Fort Nassau on South River. Elbert Elertsz
+was a weaver, Hendrick Kip a tailor. Govert Loockermans, on
+the other hand, brother-in-law to both Couwenhoven and
+Cortlandt, was the chief merchant and Indian trader of the
+province, often in partnership with Isaac Allerton the former
+Pilgrim of Plymouth. Lastly, Jan Everts Bout, a farmer, had
+formerly been superintendent for Pauw at Pavonia. Characterizations
+of these men, by an unfriendly hand, may be seen at the end
+of Van Tienhoven's _Answer_ to this _Representation_.
+
+Three of the signers, Van der Donck, Couwenhoven and Bout,
+were deputed to go to the Netherlands and present the
+_Representation_ to the States General, while Stuyvesant sent
+Secretary van Tienhoven to counteracat their efforts. The
+Voluminous papers which both parties presented to their High
+Mightinesses were referred to a committee, which in April,
+1650, submitted a draft of a reformed and more liberal government
+for the province. The delegates caused their _Representation_
+to be printed, in a pamphlet of forty-nine pages, now very
+rare, under the title, _Vertoogh van Nieu-Neder-Land, Weghens
+de Ghelegentheydt, Vruchtbaerheydt, en Soberen Staet desselfs_
+(Hague, 1650), i.e., "Representation of New Netherland, concerning
+its Location, Productiveness and Poor Condition." Much discussion
+was aroused. "The name of New Netherland," wrote the Amsterdam
+chamber of the Company to Stuyvesant, "was scarcely ever
+mentioned before, and now it would seem as if heaven and earth
+were interested in it." So effective an exposition of the
+colony's value and of its misgovernment could not fail to awaken
+consideration and sympathy. Nevertheless, the company, aided
+by the _Answer_ which Van Tienhoven submitted in November, 1650,
+were able to ride out the storm, and to temporize until the
+outbreak of the war of 1652-1654 with England put a new face on
+colonial affairs. A few concessions were made--the export duty
+on tobacco was taken off, and a municipal government allowed to
+New Amsterdam, now a town of 700 or 800 inhabitants (1653). But
+no serious alteration in the provincial government resulted.
+"Our Grand Duke of Muscovy," wrote one of Stuyvesant's subordinates
+to Van der Donck, "keeps on as of old." Disaffection among the
+Dutch settlers never ceased till the English conquest, though on
+the other hand the English settlers on Long Island were much
+better disposed toward Stuyvesant's government, and were treated
+by him with more favor.
+
+Van der Donck's two companions returned to New Netherland before
+long. He, however, remained in the old country until the summer
+of 1653, occupied with the business of his mission, with legal
+studies, taking the degree of doctor of laws at he University of
+Leyden, and with the preparation of his _Beschryvinge van Nieus-
+Nederlant_. The States General gave him a copyright for it in
+May, 1653, but the first edition was not published till 1655. In
+that year the author died, leaving to his widow his estate, or
+"colonie," which he called Colendonck. The name of Yonkers,
+where it was situated, perpetuates his title of gentility
+(Jonkheer van der Donck).
+
+The original manuscript of the _Representation_ is still preserved
+in the archives of the Netherlands, and a translation of it was
+printed in 1856 in _Documents relating to the Colonial History
+of New York_, I. 271-318, and reprinted in _Pennsylvania Archives_,
+second series, V. 124-170. A translation of the printed tract,
+the text of which differs but very slightly from that of the
+manuscript, was made by Hon. Henry C. Murphy and printed in
+1849 in the _Collections of the New York Historical Society_,
+second series, II. 251-329. It exists also in a separate form
+as a pamphlet, and, combined with the _Breeden Raedt_, in a
+volume privately printed in an edition of 125 copies by Mr.
+James Lenox. It is this translation which, revised by Professor
+A. Clinton Crowell, is printed in the following pages.
+
+
+
+
+THE REPRESENTATION OF NEW NETHERLAND, 1650
+
+The Representation of New Netherland concerning its
+Location, Productiveness, and Poor Condition.
+
+AMONG all the people in the world, industrious in
+seeking out foreign lands, navigable waters and trade,
+those who bear the name of Netherlanderse, will very
+easily hold their place with the first, as is sufficiently
+known to all those who have in any wise saluted the
+threshold of history, and as will also be confirmed by
+the following relation. The country of which we propose
+to speak, was first discovered in the year of our Lord
+1609, by the ship Half Moon, of which Hendrik Hutson was
+master and supercargo--at the expense of the chartered
+East India Company, though in search of a different
+object. It was subsequently called New Netherland by
+our people, and very justly, as it was first discovered
+and possessed by Netherlanders, and at their cost; so
+that even at the present day, those natives of the
+country who are so old as to recollect when the Dutch
+ships first came here, declare that when they saw them,
+they did not know what to make of them, and could not
+comprehend whether they came down from Heaven, or were
+of the Devil. Some among them, when the first one
+arrived, even imagined it to be a fish, or some monster
+of the sea, and accordingly a strange report of it spread
+over the whole land. We have also heard the savages
+frequently say, that they knew nothing of any other part
+of the world, or any other people than their own, before
+the arrival of the Netherlanders. For these reasons,
+therefore, and on account of the similarity of climate,
+situation and fertility, this place is rightly called New
+Netherland. It is situated on the northerly coast of
+America, in the latitude of 38, 39, 40, 41 and 42 degrees,
+or thereabouts, coast-wise. It is bounded on the northeast
+by New England, and on the southwest by Virginia. The
+coast runs nearly southwest and northeast, and is washed by
+the ocean. On the north is the river of Canada, a large
+river running far into the interior. The northwest side is
+still partially unknown.
+
+The land is naturally fruitful, and capable of supporting
+a large population, if it were judiciously allotted according
+to location. The air is pleasant here, and more temperate
+than in the Netherlands. The winds are changeable, and blow
+from all points, but generally from the southwest and
+northwest; the former prevailing in summer, and the latter
+in winter, at times very sharply, but constituting, nevertheless,
+the greatest blessing to the country as regards the health of
+the people, for being very strong and pure, it drives far
+inland or consumes all damps and superfluous moisture. The
+coast is generally clean and sandy, the beach detached and
+broken into islands. Eastward from the North River lies Long
+Island, about forty leagues in length, forming a fine wide
+river, which falls at either end into the ocean, and affording
+a very convenient passage between the shores which is protected
+from the dangers of the sea by a great number of good bays and
+other places of anchorage, so that vessels even in winter can
+readily pass east and west. Towards the south approaching
+the South River, there are several inlets, but they are muddy
+and sandy, though after proper experiments they could be used.
+Inside these again there are large streams and meadows, but
+the waters are for the most part shallow. Along the seacoast
+the land is generally sandy or gravelly, not very high, but
+tolerably fertile, so that for the most part it is covered
+over with beautiful trees. The country is rolling in many
+places, with some high mountains, and very fine flats and
+maize lands, together with large meadows, salt and fresh, all
+making very fine hay land. It is overgrown with all kinds of
+trees, standing without order, as in other wildernesses,
+except that the maize lands, plains and meadows have few or
+no trees, and these with little pains might be made into good
+arable land.
+
+The seasons are the same as in the Netherlands, but the
+summer is warmer and begins more suddenly. The winter is
+cold, and further inland, or towards the most northerly part,
+colder than in the Netherlands. It is also subject to much
+snow, which remains long on the ground, and in the interior,
+three, four and five months; but near the seacoast it is
+quickly dissolved by the southerly winds. Thunder, lightning,
+rain, showers, hail, snow, frost, dew and the like, are the
+same as in the Netherlands, except that in the summer sudden
+gusts of wind are somewhat more frequent.
+
+The land is adapted to the production of all kinds of
+winter and summer fruits, and with less trouble and
+tilling than in the Netherlands. It produces different
+kinds of woods, suitable for building houses and ships,
+whether large or small, consisting of oaks of various
+kinds, as post-oak, white smooth bark, white rough bark,
+gray bark, black bark, and still another kind which they
+call, from its softness, butter oak, the poorest of all,
+and not very valuable; the others, if cultivated as in
+the Netherlands, would be equal to any Flemish or Brabant
+oaks. It also yields several species of nut wood, in
+great abundance, such as oil-nuts, large and small; walnut
+of different sizes, in great abundance, and good for fuel,
+for which it is much used, and chestnut, the same as in
+the Netherlands, growing in the woods without order.
+There are three varieties of beech--water beech, common
+Beech, and hedge beech--also axe-handle wood, two species
+of canoe wood, ash, birch, pine, fir, juniper or wild
+cedar, linden, alder, willow, thorn, elder, and many other
+kinds useful for many purposes, but unknown to us by name,
+and which we will be glad to submit to the carpenters for
+further examination.
+
+The indigenous fruits consist principally of acorns, some
+of which are very sweet; nuts of different kinds, chestnuts,
+beechnuts, but not many mulberries, plums, medlars, wild
+cherries, black currants, gooseberries, hazel nuts in great
+quantities, small apples, abundant strawberries throughout
+the country, with many other fruits and roots which the
+savages use. There is also plenty of bilberries or blueberries,
+together with ground-nuts and artichokes, which grow under
+ground. Almost the whole land is full of vines, in the wild
+woods as well as on the maize lands and flats; but they grow
+principally near to and upon the banks of the brooks, streams
+and rivers, which are numerous, and run conveniently and
+pleasantly everywhere, as if they were planted there. The
+grapes comprise many varieties, some white, some very fleshy,
+and only fit to make raisins of, others on the contrary juicy;
+some are very large and others small. The juice is pleasant,
+and some of it as white as French or Rhenish wine; some is
+a very deep red, like Tent,<1> and some is paler. The vines
+run much on the trees, and are shaded by their leaves, so
+that the grapes ripen late and are a little sour; but with
+the intelligent assistance of man, as fine wines would
+undoubtedly be made here as in any other country. In regard
+to other fruits, all those which grow in the Netherlands
+also grow very well in New Netherland, without requiring as
+much care to be bestowed upon them as is necessary there.
+Garden fruits succeed very well, yet are drier, sweeter, and
+more agreeable than in the Netherlands; for proof of which
+we may easily instance musk-melons, citrons or watermelons,<2>
+which in New Netherland grow right in the open fields, if
+the briars and weeds are kept from them, while in the
+Netherlands they require the close care of amateurs, or
+those who cultivate them for profit in gardens, and then
+they are neither so perfect by far, nor so palatable, as
+they are in New Netherland. In general all kinds of
+pumpkins and the like are also much drier, sweeter and more
+delicious, which is caused by the temperateness and amenity
+of the climate.
+
+The tame cattle are in size and other respects about the
+same as in the Netherlands, but the English cattle and swine
+thrive and grow best, appearing to be better suited to the
+country than those from Holland. They require, too, less
+trouble, expense and attention; for it is not necessary in
+winter to look after such as are dry, or the swine, except
+that in the time of a deep snow they should have some
+attention. Milch cows also are much less trouble than they
+are in Holland, as most of the time, if any care be requisite,
+it is only for the purpose of giving them occasionally a
+little hay.
+
+The wild animals are principally lines,<3> but they are few;
+bears, of which there are many, elks and deer in great numbers,
+some of which are entirely white, and others wholly black.
+The savages say that the white deer are of very great
+consequence in the estimation of the other deer, and are
+exceedingly beloved, regarded and honored by the others, but
+that the reverse is true of the black deer. There are various
+other large animals in the interior, but they are unknown to
+the Christians. There are also wolves, dangerous only to
+small cattle, beavers, otters, weasels, wild cats, foxes,
+raccoons, minks, hares, musk-rats, about as large as cats,
+pole-cats and squirrels, some of which can fly. There are
+also ground-hogs and other small animals, but they are for
+the most part, as we have said, not known to the Christians.
+
+<1> A deep-red Spanish wine.
+<2> The original has water-limoenen, water-citrons, for the
+watermelon, little known in Dutch gardens at this time, was
+regarded rather as a citron than as a melon.
+<3> Panthers.
+
+Of birds this country is by no means without its share.
+There are great numbers of birds of prey, as eagles of two
+kinds--the bald-headed, which has the head, tail and
+principal wing-feathers white, and the common kind; hawks,
+buzzards, sparrow-hawks, crows, chicken-hawks, and many
+others, yet all are birds of prey and capable of being
+trained and used for hunting, though they differ somewhat
+in shape from those in the Netherlands. There is also a
+bird which has its head like a cat, and its body like a
+large owl, colored white.<1> We know no name for it in the
+Netherlands, but in France it is called grand duc, and is
+esteemed very highly.
+
+<1> The cat-owl or great barred own, bubo Virginianus. It
+is not white, but neither is the grand duc, the European bubo.
+Van der Donck, in his _Beschryvinge_, says, "of a light ash
+color."
+
+The other birds found in this country are turkies, the same
+as in the Netherlands, but they are wild, and are plentiest
+and best in winter; several kinds of partridges, some
+smaller than in the Netherlands, others larger, curlews,
+wood and water snipes, pheasants, heath-hens, cranes, herons,
+bitterns, multitudes of pigeons resembling ringdoves, but a
+little smaller; quails, merlins, thrushes, shore-runners,
+but in some respects different from those of the Netherlands.
+There are other small birds, some of which sing, but the
+names of most of them are unknown to us, and would take too
+long to enumerate. Water fowl are found here of different
+kinds, but all very good and fit to eat; such as the swans,
+similar to those in Netherlands and full as large; three
+kinds of geese, gray geese, which are the largest and best,
+bernicles and white-headed geese, ducks of different kinds,
+widgeons, divers, coots, cormorants and several others,
+but not so abundant as the foregoing.
+
+The river fish are almost the same as in the Netherlands,
+comprising salmon, sturgeon, twelves, thirteens,<1> shad,
+carp, perch, pike, trout, roach, thickhead, suckers,
+sunfish, eel, nine-eyes or lampreys, both much more
+abundant and larger than in the Netherlands, besides many
+other valuable fish which we are unable to name.
+
+<1> Striped bass and drum-fish.
+
+In the salt water are caught codfish, haddock, weakfish,
+herring, mackerel, thornbacks, flounders, plaice, sheepshead,
+blackfish, sea-dogs, panyns and many others; also lobsters,
+crabs, great cockles, from which the Indians make the white
+and black zeewant, oysters and muscles in great quantities
+with many other kinds of shell-fish very similar to each
+other, for which we know no names, besides sea and land
+tortoises.
+
+The venomous animals consist, for the most part, of adders
+and lizards, though they are harmless or nearly so. There
+are snakes of different kinds, which are not dangerous and
+flee before men if they possibly can, else they are usually
+beaten to death. The rattlesnakes, however, which have a
+rattle on the tail, with which they rattle very loudly when
+they are angry or intend to sting, and which grows every
+year a joint larger, are very malignant and do not readily
+retreat before a man or any other creature. Whoever is
+bitten by them runs great danger of his life, unless great
+care be taken; but fortunately they are not numerous, and
+there grown spontaneously in the country the true snakeroot,
+which is very highly esteemed by the Indians as an unfailing
+cure.
+
+The medicinal plants found in New Netherland up to the
+present time, by little search, as far as they have come to
+our knowledge, consist principally of Venus' hair, hart's
+tongue, lingwort, polypody, white mullein, priest's shoe,
+garden and sea-beach orach, water germander, tower-mustard,
+sweet flag, sassafras, crowfoot, platain, shepherd's purse,
+mallows, wild marjoram, crane's bill, marsh-mallows, false
+eglantine, laurel, violet, blue flag, wild indigo, solomon's
+seal, dragon's blood, comfrey, milfoil, many sorts of fern,
+wild lilies of different kinds, agrimony, wild leek, blessed
+thistle, snakeroot, Spanish figs which grow out of the
+leaves,<2> tarragon and numerous other plants and flowers;
+but as we are not skilled in those things, we cannot say
+much of them; yet it is not to be doubted that experts
+would be able to find many simples of great and different
+virtues, in which we have confidence, principally because
+the Indians know how to cure very dangerous and perilous
+wounds and sores by roots, leaves and other little things.
+
+<2> Probably the prickly pear.
+
+It is certain that the Indigo silvestris grows here
+spontaneously without human aid. It could be easily
+cultivated if there were people who would undertake it;
+at least, the other species would grow very well and
+yield a good profit. We have seen proof of this in the
+colony of Renselaerswyck, though it was all sown too late
+and upon a barren rock where there was little earth. It
+came up very well, but in consequence of the drought turned
+very yellow and withered, and was neglected; nevertheless
+it was evident that if it were well covered it would succeed.
+Madder plants also would undoubtedly grow well both in
+field and gardens, and better than in Zeeland.
+
+There may be discovered casually or by little search,
+different minerals, upon some of which tests have been
+made according to our limited means, and which are found
+good. We have attempted several times to send specimens
+of them to the Netherlands, once with Arent van Corenben
+by way of New Haven and of England, but the ship was
+wrecked and no tidings of it have ever been received.<1>
+After that Director William Kieft also had many different
+specimens with him in the ship the Princess, but they were
+lost in her with him.<2> The mountains and mines
+nevertheless remain, and are easily to be found again
+whenever it may be thought proper to go to the labor and
+expense. In New England they have already progressed so
+far as to make castings of iron pots, tankards, balls and
+the like out of their minerals, and we firmly believe all
+that is wanting here is to have a beginning made; for there
+are in New Netherland two kinds of marcasite, and mines of
+white and yellow quicksilver, of gold, silver, copper,
+iron, black lead and hard coal. It is supposed that tin
+and lead will also be found; but who will seek after them
+or who will make use of them as long as there are not
+more people?
+
+<1> Arent Corssen. Van der Donck says that he and Kieft
+saw an Indian painting his face with a shining mineral.
+They had it assayed, and it proved to contain gold. Arent
+Corssen, sent to Holland with a bag of it, embarked early
+in 1646 in the "great ship" of New Haven, Captain George
+Lamberton, for whose return into the harbor as a phantom
+ship, months afterward, see Cotton Mather's _Magnalia_,
+I. 84 (ed. of 1853), and Longfellow's poem, "The Phantom
+Ship."
+
+<2> In August, 1647, some months after Stuyvesant's
+arrival, Kieft sailed for Holland. With him sailed his
+enemy Domine Bogardus, and the chief victims of his and
+Stuyvesant's persecution, Kuyter and Melyn. The ship
+was wrecked on the Welsh coast. Kieft was drowned; his
+opponents escaped.
+
+Fuller's earth is found in abundance, and [Armenian] bole;
+also white, red, yellow, blue and black clay very solid
+and greasy, and should be suitable for many purposes;
+earth for bricks and for tiles, mountain-chrystal, glass
+like that of Muscovy,<1> green serpentine stone in great
+abundance, blue limestone, slate, red grindstone, flint,
+paving stone, large quantities of all varieties of quarry
+stone suitable for hewing mill-stones and for building
+all kinds of walls, asbestos and very many other kinds
+applicable to the use of man. There are different paints,
+but the Christians are not skilled in them. They are
+seen daily on the Indians, who understand their nature
+and use them to paint themselves in different colors. If
+it were not that explorers are wanting, our people would
+be able to find them and provide themselves with them.
+
+<1> Mica.
+
+Of the Americans or Natives, their Appearance, Occupations,
+and Means of Support.
+
+The natives are generally well set in their limbs, slender
+round the waist, broad across the shoulders, and have
+black hair and dark eyes. They are very nimble and fleet,
+well adapted to travel on foot and to carry heavy burdens.
+They are foul and slovenly in their actions, and make
+little of all kinds of hardship; to which indeed they are
+by nature and from their youth accustomed. They are like
+the Brazilians in color, or as yellow as the people who
+sometimes pass through the Netherlands and are called
+Gypsies. The men generally have no beard, or very little,
+which some even pull out. They use very few words, which
+they consider well. Naturally they are very modest,
+simple and inexperienced; though in their actions high-
+minded enough, vigorous and quick to comprehend or learn,
+be it right or wrong, whenever they are so inclined. They
+are not straightforward as soldiers but perfidious,
+accomplishing all their enterprises by treachery, using
+many strategems to deceive their enemies, and usually
+ordering all their plans, involving any danger, by night.
+The desire of revenge appears to be born in them. They
+are very obstinate in defending themselves when they
+cannot run, which however they do when they can; and they
+make little of death when it is inevitable, and despire
+all tortures which can be inflicted upon them while dying,
+manifesting no sorrow, but usually singing until they are
+dead. They understand how to cure wounds and hurts, or
+inveterate sores and injuries, by means of herbs and
+roots, which grow in the country, and which are known to
+them. Their clothing, both for men and women, is a
+piece of duffels or leather in front, with a deer skin or
+elk's hide over the body. Some have bears' hides of which
+they make doublets; others have coats made of the skins
+of raccoons, wild-cats, wolves, dogs, otters, squirrels,
+beavers and the like, and also of turkey's feathers. At
+present they use for the most part duffels cloth, which
+they obtain in barter from the Christians. They make
+their stockings and shoes of deer skins or elk's hide,
+and some have shoes made of corn-husks, of which they
+also make sacks. Their money consists of white and black
+zeewant, which they themselves make. Their measure and
+valuation is by the hand or by the fathom; but their corn
+is measured by deontas, which are bags they make themselves.
+Ornamenting themselves consists in cutting their bodies,
+or painting them with various colors, sometimes even all
+black, if they are in mourning, yet generally in the face.
+They hang zeewant, both white and black, about their heads,
+which they otherwise are not want to cover, but on which
+they are now beginning to wear hats and caps bought of the
+Christians. They also put it in their ears, and around
+their necks and bodies, wherewith after their manner they
+appear very fine. They have long deer's hair which is
+dyed red, and of which they make rings for the head, and
+other fine hair of the same color, to hang from the neck
+like tresses, of which they are very proud. They frequently
+smear their skin and hair with difference kinds of grease.
+They can almost all swim. They themselves make the boats
+they use, which are of two kinds, some of entire trees,
+which they hollow out with fire, hatchets and adzes, and
+which the Christians call canoes; others are made of bark,
+which they manage very skilfully, and which are also called
+canoes.
+
+Traces of the institution of marriage can just be perceived
+among them, and nothing more. A man and woman join
+themselves together without any particular ceremony other
+than that the man by previous agreement with the woman gives
+her some zeewant or cloth, which on their separation, if it
+happens soon, he often takes again. Both men and women
+are utterly unchaste and shamelessly promiscuous in their
+intercourse, which is the cause of the men so often changing
+their wives and the women their husbands. Ordinarily they
+have but one wife, sometimes two or three, but this is
+generally among the chiefs. They have also among them
+different conditions of persons, such as noble and ignoble.
+The men are generally lazy, and do nothing until they
+become old and unesteemed, when they make spoons, wooden
+bowls, bags, nets and other similar articles; beyond this
+the men do nothing except fish, hunt and go to war. The
+women are compelled to do the rest of the work, such as
+planting corn, cutting and drawing fire-wood, cooking,
+taking care of the children and whatever else there is to
+be done. Their dwellings consist of hickory saplings,
+placed upright in the ground and bent arch-wise; the tops
+are covered with barks of trees, which they cut for this
+purpose in great quantities. Some even have within them
+rough carvings of faces and images, but these are generally
+in the houses of the chiefs. In the fishing and hunting
+seasons, they lie under the open sky or little better.
+They do not live long in one place, but move about several
+times in a year, at such times and to such places as it
+appears best and easiest for them to obtain subsistence.
+
+They are divided into different tribes and languages,
+each tribe living generally by itself and having one of
+its number as a chief, though he has not much power or
+distinction except in their dances or in time of war.
+Among some there is not the least knowledge of God, and
+among others very little, though they relate many strange
+fables concerning Him.
+
+They are in general much afraid of the Devil, who torments
+them greatly; and some give themselves up to him, and
+hold the strangest notions about him. But their devils,
+they say, will have nothing to do with the Dutch. No
+haunting of spirits and the like are heard of among them.
+They make offerings to the Devil sometimes, but with few
+solemnities. They believe in the immortality of the soul.
+They have some knowledge of the sun, moon and stars, of
+which they are able to name many, and they judge tolerably
+well about the weather. There is hardly any law or
+justice among them, except sometimes in war matters, and
+then very little. The nearest of blood is the avenger.
+The youngest are the most courageous, and do for the most
+part what they please. Their weapons formerly were the
+bow and arrow, which they employ with wonderful skill, and
+the cudgel, but they now, that is, those who lives near
+the Christians or have many dealings with them, generally
+use firelocks and hatchets, which they obtain in trade.
+They are exceedingly fond of guns, sparing no expense for
+them; and are so skilful in the use of them that they
+surpass many Christians. Their food is coarse and simple,
+drinking water as their only beverage, and eating the
+flesh of all kinds of animals which the country affords,
+cooked without being cleansed or dressed. They eat even
+badgers, dogs, eagles and such like trash, upon which
+Christians place no value. They use all kinds of fish,
+which they commonly cook without removing the entrails,
+and snakes, frogs and the like. They know how to preserve
+fish and meat until winter, and to cook them with corn-
+meal. They make their bread of maize, but it is very
+plain, and cook it either whole or broken in a pestle
+block. The women do this and make of it a pap or porridge,
+which some of them call Sapsis,<1> others Enimdare, and
+which is their daily food. They mix this also sometimes
+with small beans of different colors, which they plant
+themselves, but this is held by them as a dainty dish
+more than as daily food.
+
+<1> Probably a misprint for sapaan. For the next word,
+the manuscript has Duundare.
+
+By whom New Netherland was first Possessed and what its
+Boundaries are.
+
+That New Netherland was first found, claimed and possessed
+by Netherlanders, has already been stated; but inasmuch
+as a dispute has arisen, not only with the Swedes (which
+is of little moment) but especially with the English,
+who have already entered upon and seized a great part
+thereof, it is necessary to speak of each claim in
+particular and somewhat at large. But because this
+matter has been treated upon by various ingenious minds
+in its length and breadth, and as those claims are so
+absurd as to require only a few reasons in answer to
+them, we will be as brief as in any wise practicable.
+
+After Their High Mightinesses, the Lords States General,
+were pleased, in the year of our Lord 1622,<1> to include
+this province in their grant to the Honorable West India
+Company, their Honors deemed it necessary to take into
+possession so naturally beautiful and noble a province,
+which was immediately done, as opportunity offered, the
+same as in all similar beginnings. Since the year of our
+Lord 1623, four forts have been built there by order of
+the Lords Directors,<2> one on the south point of the
+Manhatans Island, where the East and North Rivers unite,
+called New Amsterdam, where the staple-right<3> of New
+Netherland was designed to be; another upon the same
+River, six-and-thirty Dutch miles [leagues] higher up,
+and three leagues below the great Kochoos<4> fall of the
+Mohawk River, on the west side of the river, in the colony
+of Renselaerswyck, and is called Orange; but about this
+river there a been as yet no dispute with any foreigners.
+Upon the South River lies Fort Nassau and upon the Fresh
+River, the Good Hope. In these four forts there have
+been always from the beginning to the present time some
+garrisons, although they are all now in a very bad
+condition, not only in themselves but also as regards
+garrisons.
+
+<1> 1621.
+<2> Heeren Majores, the managers or directors of the Company.
+<3> Staple-right is a privilege granted to the inhabitants
+of a place, whereby the masters of vessels or merchants
+trading along their coasts are compelled to discharge their
+cargoes there for sale, or else pay duties.
+<4> Cohoes.
+
+These forts, both to the south and north, are so situated
+as not only to close and control the said rivers, but also
+to command the plantations between them, as well as those
+round about them, and on the other side of the river as
+far as the ownership by occupation extends. These the
+Honorable Company declared they owned and would maintain
+against all foreign or domestic powers who should attempt
+to seize them against their consent. Yet, especially on
+the northeast side of New Netherland this has been not at
+all regarded or observed by the English living to the
+eastward; for notwithstanding possession was already fully
+taken by the building and occupation of Fort Good Hope,
+and there was no neglect from time to time in warning them,
+in making known our rights, and in protesting against their
+usurpation and violence, they have disregarded all these
+things and have seized and possessed, and still hold, the
+largest and best part of New Netherland, that is, on the
+east side of the North River, from Cape Cod, (by our people
+in 1609 called New Holland, and taken possession of [if we
+are correctly informed] by the setting up of the arms of
+their High Mightinesses,)<1> to within six leagues of the
+North River, where the English have now a village called
+Stamford, from whence one could travel now in a summer's
+day to the North River and back again, if one knows the
+Indian path. The English of New Haven also have a trading
+house which lies east or southeast of Magdalen Island, and
+not more than six leagues from the North River, in which
+this island lies, on the east bank twenty-three and a half
+leagues above Fort Amsterdam.<1> This trading post was
+established for no other purpose than to divert the trade
+of the North River or to destroy it entirely, for the
+river is now quite free. They have also endeavored several
+times, during eight or nine years past, to buy of the Indians
+a large quantity of land, (which would have served more
+than any other thing to draw off the trade), as we have
+understood from the Indians; for the post is situated not
+more than three or four leagues from the eastern bounds of
+the colony of Renselaerswyck.
+
+<1> See De Laet, p. 37, supra. The words in square brackets
+appear in the manuscript, but not in the printed pamphlet.
+<2> Magdalen Island is in the Hudson near Annandale. It
+appears that the nearest post to the lower Hudson possessed
+hitherto by the New Englanders was that which the New Haven
+people established in 1646 on the Housatonic near the
+present Derby, Connecticut; and that their nearest post to
+the upper Hudson was that which Governor Hopkins, of
+Connecticut, set up in 1641 at Woronoco, now Westfield,
+Massachusetts.
+
+This and similar difficulties these people now wish to lay
+to our charge, all under the pretence of a very clear
+conscience, notwithstanding King James, of most glorious
+memory, chartered the Virginia Companies upon condition
+that they should remain an hundred miles from each other,
+according to our reckoning.<1> They are willing to avail
+themselves of this grant, but by no means to comply with
+the terms stipulated in it.
+
+<1> The hundred miles of the Virginia patent of 1606 were
+English miles.
+
+All the islands, bays, havens, rivers, kills and places,
+even to a great distance on the other side of New Holland
+or Cape Cod, have Dutch names, which our Dutch ship-masters
+and traders gave to them.<1> These were the first to
+discover and to trade to them, even before they had names,
+as the English themselves well know; but as long as they
+can manage it and matters go as they please, they are
+willing not to know it. And those of them who are at the
+Fresh River have desired to enter into an agreement and to
+make a yearly acknowledgement or an absolute purchase,
+which indeed is proof positive that our right was well
+known to them, and that they themselves had nothing against
+it in conscience, although they now, from time to time,
+have invented and pretended many things in order to screen
+themselves, or thereby to cause at least delay.
+
+<1> An exaggeration, yet the number of such names is
+considerable, as may be seen by consulting the appendix to
+Asher's _Bibliography of New Netherland_.
+
+Moreover the people of Rhode Island, when they were at
+variance with those of the Bay,<1> sought refuge among the
+Dutch, and sojourn among them. For all these things, and
+What we shall relate in the following pages, there are
+Proofs and documents enough, either with the secretary of
+the Company or with the directors.
+
+<1> Massachusetts Bay. The most conspicuous instance is
+Mrs. Anne Hutchinson.
+
+In short, is it just this with the English, they are
+willing to know the Netherlanders, and to use them as a
+protection in time of need, but when that is past, they
+no longer regard them, but play the fool with them. This
+happens so only because we have neglected to populate the
+land; or, to speak more plainly and truly, because we have,
+our of regard for our own profit, wished to scrape all the
+fat into one or more pots, and thus secure the trade and
+neglect population.
+
+Long Island, which, on account of its convenient bays and
+havens, and its good well situated lands, is a crown of
+the province, they have also seized at once, except on the
+west and two Dutch villages--Breuckelen and Amersvoort,<1>
+not of much importance--and some English villages, as
+Gravesande, Greenwich and Mespat, (from which<2> the people
+were driven off during the war, and which was afterwards
+confiscated by Director Kieft; but as the owners appealed
+therefrom, it remains undecided.) There are now a very
+few people in the place. Also, Vlissengen, which is a
+pretty village and tolerably rich in cattle. The fourth
+and last village is Heemstede, which is superior to the
+rest, for it is very rich in cattle.
+
+<1> Brooklyn and Flatlands.
+<2> I.e., from Mespath or Newtown. Gravesend had been
+settled by Lady Deborah Moody, Greenwich in 1639 by Captain
+Daniel Patrick and Robert Feake, Mespath by Francis Doughty
+in 1642, Flushing and Hempstead by other English in 1645 and
+1644.
+
+As we are now on the subject of Long Island, we will, because
+the English claim it, speak of it somewhat particularly. The
+ocean on the south, and the East River on the north side of
+it, shape this island; and as we have said, it is, on account
+of its good situation, of its land, and of its convenient
+harbors, and anchoring places, a crown of New Netherland. The
+East River separates it from Manathans Island as far as the
+Hellegat. It is tolerably wide and convenient; and has been
+inhabited by our freemen from the first, according as
+opportunities offered. In the year 1640 a Scotchman, with
+an English commission, came to Director William Kieft. He
+laid claim to the island, but his pretension was not much
+regarded; for which reason he departed without accomplishing
+anything, having influenced only a few simple people.
+Director Kieft also afterwards sent and broke up the English
+who wished to begin a settlement at Oyster Bay, and thus it
+remained for a long time.<1>
+
+<1> James Farrett, as agent for Lord Stirling, made grants
+at Oyster Bay to a company of men from Lynn, who began a
+settlement there. Stirling had received a grant of Long
+Island from the Council of New England in April, 1635.
+
+In the year 1647, a Scotchman came here, who called himself
+Captain Forester,<1> and claimed this island for the Dowager
+of Sterling, whose governor he gave himself out to be. He
+had a commission dated in the eighteenth year of King James's
+reign, but it was not signed by His Majesty or any body else.
+Appended to it was an old seal which we could not decipher.
+His commission embraced the whole of Long Island, together
+with five leagues round about it, the main land as well as
+the islands. He had also full authority from Mary, dowager
+of Sterling, but this was all. Nevertheless the man was
+very consequential, and said on his first arrival that he
+came here to see Governor Stuyvesant's commission, and if
+that was better than his, he was willing to give way; if
+not, Governor Stuyvesant must yield to him. To make the
+matter short, the Director took copies of the papers and
+sent the man across<2> in the Falconer; but as this vessel
+put into England, the man did not reach Holland, having
+escaped there, and never troubling the captain afterwards.
+The English have since boasted of this very loudly, and
+have also given out that he had again arrived at Bastock,<3>
+but we have not heard of him. It is to be apprehended that
+if he came now, some new act would be committed, for which
+reason it would be well to hasten the redress of New Netherland.
+
+<1> Andrew Forester, of Dundee.
+<2> Across the ocean.
+<3> Boston.
+
+Of the Fresh River.
+
+After Fort Good Hope, begun in the year 1623,<1> on the Fresh
+River, was finished, some time had elapsed when an English
+bark arrived there. Jacob van Curler, factor of the Company,
+by order of Director Wouter van Twiller, protested against
+it, but notwithstanding his protest they did, a year or two
+afterwards, come there with some families. A protest was
+also made against them; but it was very manifest that these
+people had little respect for it, for notwithstanding frequent
+protests, they have finally seized and possessed the whole of
+the Fresh River, and have proceeded so far in their shameless
+course as, in the year 1640, to seize the Company's farms at
+the fort, paying no regard to the protests which we made.
+They have gone even still further, and have belabored the
+Company's people with sticks and heavy clubs; and have forcibly
+thrown into the river their ploughs and other instruments,
+while they were on the land for the purpose of working, and
+have put their horses to the pound. The same things happened
+very frequently afterwards. They also took hogs and cows
+belonging to the fort, and several times sold some of them
+for the purpose, as they said, of repairing the damage.
+Against all these acts, and each one in particular, protests
+were repeatedly made, but they were met with ridicule.
+Several sharp letters about this were written in Latin to
+their governors; of which letters and protests, minutes or
+copies remain with the Company's officers, from which a much
+fuller account of these transactions could be made. But all
+opposition was in vain, for having had a smack of the goodness
+and convenience of this river, and discovered the difference
+between the land there and that more easterly, they would
+not go back; nor will they put themselves under the protection
+of Their High Mightinesses, unless they be sharply summoned
+thereto, as it is desirable they should be at the first
+opportunity.
+
+<1> A misprint for 1633. The narrative below relates to the
+English settlers at Hartford, founded in 1635. See De Vries,
+pp. 203, 204, supra.
+
+Of the Right of the Netherlanders to the Fresh River.
+
+To speak from the beginning, our people had carefully
+explored and discovered the most northerly parts of New
+Netherland and some distance on the other side of Cape Cod,
+as we find it described, before the English were known here,
+and had set up our arms upon Cape Cod as an act of possession.
+In the year 1614 our traders<1> had not only traded at the
+Fresh River, but had also ascended it before any English
+had ever dreamed of going there, which they did first in the
+year 1636, after our fort, the Good Hope, had been a long
+time in esse and almost all the lands on both sides the river
+had been purchased by our people from the Indians, which
+purchase took place principally in the year 1632. Kievets-
+hoeck<2> was also purchased at the same time by one Hans den
+Sluys,<3> an officer of the company. On this cape the States'
+arms had been affixed to a tree in token of possession; but
+the English who now possess the Fresh River have torn them
+down and carved a ridiculous face in their place. Whether
+this was done by authority or not, cannot be positively
+asserted; it is however supposed that it was. It has been
+so charged upon them in several letters, and no denial has
+been made. Besides they have, contra jus gentium, per fas
+et nefas,<4> invaded the whole river, for the reason, as
+they say, that the land was lying idle and waste, which was
+no business of theirs and not true; for there was already
+built upon the river a fort which continued to be possessed
+by a garrison. There was also a large farm<5> near the
+fort, belonging to the Dutch or the Company. Most of the
+land was bought and appropriated and the arms of their High
+Mightinesses were set up at Kievets Hoeck, which is situated
+at the mouth of the river, so that everything was done that
+could be done except that the country was not all actually
+occupied. This the English demanded in addition, just as
+if it were their right, since they were in greater numbers,
+to establish laws for our nation in its own purchased lands
+and limits, and direct how and in what manner it should
+introduce people into the country, and if it did not turn
+our exactly according to their desire and pleasure, that
+they have the right to invade and appropriate these waters,
+lands and jurisdiction to themselves.
+
+<1> Adriaen Block.
+<2> Saybrook Point. Kievit, or kiewit, is the bird pewit.
+<3> Hans Eencluys in the manuscript, according to _N.Y. Col.
+Doc._, I. 287.
+<4> "Contrary to the law of nations, regardless of right
+or wrong."
+<5> Brouwerye, brewery, in the printed pamphlet, but
+bouwery in the manuscript.
+
+Of the Roden-Berch,<1> by the English called New Haven, and
+other Places of less Importance.
+
+The number of villages established by the English, from New
+Holland or Cape Cod to Stamford, within the limits of the
+Netherlanders, is about thirty, and they may contain five
+thousand men capable of bearing arms. Their cattle, cows
+and horses are estimated at thirty thousand; their goats
+and hogs cannot be stated; neither of them can be fully known
+because there are several places which cannot well pass for
+villages, but which nevertheless are beginnings of villages.
+Among all these, Roden-Berch, or New Haven, is the first.
+It has a governor, contains about three hundred and forty
+families, and is counted as a province or one of the members
+of New England, of which there are four in all.<2>
+
+<1> Red Hill.
+<2> I.e., of the United Colonies of New England, the
+confederation formed in 1643.
+
+This place was begun eleven years ago, in the year 1638, and
+since then the people have broken off and formed Milford,
+Stratford, Stamford and the trading house before spoken of,
+etc.
+
+Director Kieft has caused several protests to be drawn up,
+in Latin and in other languages, commanding them by virtue
+of his commissions from the Lords States General, His
+Highness the Prince of Orange and the Most Noble Directors
+of the Chartered West India Company, to desist from their
+proceedings and usurpations, and warning them, in case they
+did not, that we would, as soon as a fit opportunity should
+present, exact of them satisfaction therefor. But it was
+knocking at a deaf man's door, as they did not regard these
+protests or even take any notice of them; on the contrary
+they have sought many subterfuges, circumstances, false
+pretences and sophistical arguments to give color to their
+doings, to throw a cloud upon our lawful title and valid
+rights, and to cheat us out of them. General Stuyvesant
+also has had many questions with them, growing out of this
+matter, but it remains as it was. The utmost that they
+have ever been willing to come to, is to declare that the
+dispute could not be settled in this country, and that they
+desired and were satisfied that Their High Mightinesses
+should arrange it with their sovereign. It is highly
+necessary that this should be done, inasmuch as the English
+have already seized, and are in possession of, almost half
+of New Netherland, a matter which may have weighty
+consequences in the future. It is therefore heartily to
+be desired that Their High Mightinesses will be pleased to
+take this subject into serious consideration before it
+shall go further, and the breach become irreparable.
+
+We must now pass to the South River, called by the English
+Delaware Bay, first speaking of the boundaries; but in
+passing we cannot omit to say that there has been here,
+both in the time of Director Kieft and in that of General
+Stuyvesant, a certain Englishman, who called himself Sir
+Edward Ploeyden, with the title of Earl Palatine of New
+Albion, who claimed that the land on the west side of the
+North River to Virginia was his, by gift of King James of
+England,<1> but he said he did not wish to have any strife
+with the Dutch, though he was very much piqued at the Swedish
+governor, John Prins, at the South River, on account of some
+affront given him, too long to relate. He said also that
+when an opportunity should offer he would go there and
+take possession of the river. In short, according to the
+claims of the English, it belongs to them, and there is
+nothing left for the subjects of Their High Mightinesses
+--one must have this far, and another that far, but they
+all agree never to fall short.
+
+<1> Plowden claimed under a patent from the viceroy of Ireland
+under Charles I., June, 1634. The history of his shadowy
+principality of New Albion is best accounted by Professor
+Gregory B. Keen in Winsor's _Narrative and Critical History
+of America_, III. 457-468. The best account of the Swedish
+colony in the South River is by the same writer, ibid., IV.
+443-500.
+
+Of the South River and the Boundaries there.
+
+As we have now come to speak of the South River and the most
+southerly portion of New Netherland, we will, although this
+is well performed by others, relate everything from the
+beginning, and yet as briefly as is practicable. The
+boundaries, as we find them, extend as far as Cape Henlopen,
+many miles south of Cape Cornelius, to the latitude of
+thirty-eight degrees. The coast stretches, one course with
+another, west-southwest and west, and although this Cape
+Henlopen is not much esteemed, it is nevertheless proper
+that it should be brought to our attention, as very important,
+not only in regard to the position of the country, but also
+as relates to the trade with the Indians at the South River,
+which the English and Swedes are striving after very hard,
+as we will show. If the boundaries of this country were
+settled, these people would conveniently and without further
+question be ousted, and both the enjoyment of the productions
+of the land and the trade be retained for the subjects of
+Their High Mightinesses.
+
+Of the South Bay and South River.
+
+The South Bay and South River, by many called the second
+great river of New Netherland, is situated at the latitude
+of 38 degrees 53 minutes. It has two headlands or capes--
+the more northerly bearing the name of Cape May, the more
+southerly that of Cape Cornelius. The bay was called New
+Port-May, but at the present time is known as Godyn's Bay.
+These names were given to the places about the time of
+their first discovery, before any others were given them.
+The discovery, moreover, took place at the same time with
+that of the North River, and by the same ship and persons,
+who entered the South Bay before they came to the North
+Bay, as all can read at length in the _Nieuwe Werelt_ of
+Johannes de Laet.
+
+At the same time that the forts were laid out on the
+North and Fresh rivers, since the year 1623, Fort Nassau
+was erected upon this river, which, in common parlance,
+is called the South River. It was the first of the four,
+and was built with the same object and design as all the
+others, as hereinbefore related. It lies on the east bank,<1>
+but it would have done as well on the west bank, fifteen
+leagues up the river. The bay runs for the most part
+north and south; is called New Port-May or Godyn's Bay;
+and is nine leagues long before you come to the river, and
+six leagues wide, so that from one shore you cannot see
+the other. On account of certain bars it is somewhat
+dangerous for inexperienced navigators, but not so for
+those who are acquainted with the channels. This bay and
+river are compared by its admirers with the river Amazon,
+that is, by such of them as have seen both; it is by everyone
+considered one of the most beautiful, and the best and
+pleasantest rivers in the world of itself and as regards its
+surroundings. Fourteen streams empty into this river, the
+least of them navigable for two or three leagues; and on
+both sides there are tolerably level lands of great extent.
+Two leagues from Cape Cornelius, where you enter on the
+west side, lies a certain creek, which might be taken for an
+ordinary river or stream, being navigable far up, and
+affording a beautiful roadstead for ships of all burdens.
+There is no other like it in the whole bay for safety and
+convenience. The main channel for navigation runs close by
+it; this place we call the Hoere-kil. From whence this
+name is derived we do not know;<2> it is certain that this
+place was taken and colonized by Netherlanders, years before
+any English or Swedes came there. The States' arms were
+also set up at this place in copper, but as they were thrown
+down by some mischievous savages, the commissary there very
+firmly insisted upon, and demanded, the head of the offender.
+The Indians not knowing otherwise brought a head, saying it
+was his; and the affair was supposed to be all settled, but
+some time afterwards, when our people were working
+unsuspectingly in their fields, the Indians came in the
+guise of friendship, and distributing themselves among the
+Dutch in proportionate numbers, surprised and murdered them.
+By this means the colony was again reduced to nothing; but
+it was nevertheless sealed with blood and dearly enough
+bought.
+
+<1> Fort Nassau stood at the mouth of Timber Creek, opposite
+the present site of Philadelphia.
+<2> Harlot's creek, from the behavior of the Indian women.
+The story below is that of the short-lived colony of
+Swanendael, 1631-1632.
+
+There is another kill on the east side called the Varckens
+Kil,<1> three leagues up from the mouth of the river. Here
+some English had settled, but Director Kieft protested
+against their proceedings, and drove them away, assisted
+somewhat by the Swedes, who agreed with him to keep out the
+English. The Swedish governor, considering an opportunity
+then offered to him, caused a fort to be built at this place,
+called Elsenborch,<2> and manifests there great boldness
+towards every one, even as respects the Company's boats or
+all which go up the South River. They must strike the flag
+before this fort, none excepted; and two men are sent on
+board to ascertain from whence the yachts or ships come.
+It is not much better than exercising the right of search.
+It will, to all appearance, come to this in the end. What
+authority these people can have to do this, we know not;
+nor can we comprehend how officers of other potentates,
+(at least as they say they are, yet what commission they
+have we do not yet know,) can make themselves master of,
+and assume authority over, lands and goods belonging to
+and possessed by other people, and sealed with their
+blood, even without considering the Charter. The Minquas-
+kil<3> is the first upon the river, and there the Swedes
+have built Fort Christina. This place is well situated,
+as large ships can lie close against the shore to load
+and unload. There is, among others, a place on the river,
+(called Schuylkil, a convenient and navigable stream,)
+heretofore possessed by the Netherlanders, but how is it
+now? The Swedes have it almost entirely under their
+dominion. Then there are in the river several beautiful
+large islands, and other places which were formerly possessed
+by the Netherlanders, and which still bear the names given
+by them. Various other facts also constitute sufficient
+and abundant proof that the river belongs to the
+Netherlanders, and not to the Swedes. Their very beginnings
+are convincing, for eleven years ago, in the year 1638, one
+Minne-wits,<4> who before that time had had the direction
+at the Manathans, on behalf of the West India Company,
+arrived in the river with the ship Kalmer-Sleutel [Key of
+Calmar], and the yacht Vogel-Gryp [Griffin], giving out to
+the Netherlanders who lived up the river, under the Company
+and Heer vander Nederhorst, that he was on a voyage to the
+West Indies, and that passing by there, he wished to arrange
+some matters and to furnish the ship with water and wood,
+and would then leave. Some time afterwards, some of our
+people going again, found the Swedes still there but then
+they had already made a small garden for raising salads,
+pot-herbs and the like. They wondered at this, and inquired
+of the Swedes what is meant, and whether they intended to
+stay there. They excused themselves by various reasons and
+subterfuges, but some notwithstanding supposed that such
+was their design. The third time it became apparent, from
+their building a fort, what their intentions were. Director
+Kieft, when he obtained information of the matter, protested
+against it, but in vain. It was plainly and clearly to be
+seen, in the progress of the affair, that they did not
+intend to leave. It is matter of evidence that above
+Maghchachansie,<5> near the Sankikans, the arms of Their
+High Mightinesses were erected by order of Director Kieft,
+as a symbol that the river, with all the country and the
+lands around there, were held and owned under Their High
+Mightinesses. But what fruits has it produced as yet, other
+than continued derision and derogation of dignity? For the
+Swedes, with intolerable insolence, have thrown down the
+arms, and since they are suffered to remain so, this is
+looked upon by them, and particularly by their governor,
+as a Roman achievement. True, we have made several protests,
+as well against this as other transactions, but they have
+had as much effect as the flying of a crow overhead; and it
+is believed that if this governor had a supply of men, there
+would be more madness in him than there has been in the
+English, or any of their governors. This much only in
+regard to the Swedes, since the Company's officers will be
+able to make a more pertinent explanation, as all the
+documents and papers remain with them; to which, and to
+their journals we ourselves refer.
+
+<1> Hog Creek, now called Salem Creek, where New Haven men
+settled in 1641 at or near the present site of Salem, New
+Jersey.
+<2> Fort Nya Elfsborg, 1643-1654, a little further down
+the Delaware River.
+<3> Christina Creek; the fort was in what is now Wilmington,
+Delaware.
+<4> Peter Minuit.
+<5> Apparently within the present bounds of Philadelphia,
+where Andries Hudde, acting under orders from Kieft,
+purchased land and set up the arms of the States General
+in September, 1646. The Sankikans occupied northern New
+Jersey, with an important village at or near Trenton.
+
+The English have sought at different times and places to
+incorporate this river which they say is annexed to their
+territory, but this has as yet been prevented by different
+protests. We have also expelled them by force, well knowing
+that if they once settled there, we should lose the river
+or hold it with much difficulty, as they would swarm there
+in great numbers. There are rumors daily, and it is
+reported to us that the English will soon repair there with
+many families. It is certain that if they do come and
+nestle down there, they will soon possess it so completely,
+that neither Hollanders nor Swedes, in a short time, will
+have much to say; at least, we run a chance of losing the
+whole, or the greatest part of the river, if very shortly
+remarkable precaution be not used. And this would be the
+result of populating the country; but the Directors of the
+Company to this day have had no regard to this worth the
+while, though the subject has been sufficiently brought
+before them in several documents. They have rather opposed
+and hindered this; for it has been with this matter as with
+the rest, that avarice has blinded wisdom. The report now
+is that the English intend to build a village and trading
+house there; and indeed if they begin, there is nobody in
+this country who, on the Company's behalf, can or apparently
+will, make much effort to prevent them. Not longer ago than
+last year, several free persons,<1> some of whom were of our
+own number and who had or could have good masters in
+Fatherland, wished to establish a trading house and some
+farms and plantations, upon condition that certain privileges
+and exemptions should be extended to them; but this was
+refused by the General, saying, that he could not do it, not
+having any order or authority from the noble Lords Directors;
+but if they were willing to begin there without privileges,
+it could in some way be done. And when we represented to
+His Honor that such were offered by our neighbors all around
+us, if we would only declare ourselves willing to be called
+members of their government, and that this place ran a
+thousand dangers from the Swedes and English, His Honor
+answered that it was well known to be as we said, (as he
+himself did, in fact, well know,) and that reason was also
+in our favor, but that the orders which he had from the
+Directors were such that he could not answer for it to them.
+Now we are ignorant in these matters, but one thing or the
+other must be true, either it is the fault of the Director
+or of the Managers,<2> or of both of them. However it may
+be, one shifts the blame upon the other, and between them
+both every thing goes to ruin. Foreigners enjoy the country
+and fare very well; they laugh at us too if we say anything;
+they enjoy privileges and exemptions, which, if our
+Netherlanders had enjoyed as they do, would without doubt,
+next to the help of God, without which we are powerless,
+have enabled our people to flourish as well or better than
+they do; ergo, the Company or their officers have hitherto
+been and are still the cause of its not faring better with
+the country. On account of their cupidity and bad management
+there is not hope, so long as the land is under their
+government, that it will go on any better; but it will grow
+worse. However, the right time to treat this subject has
+not yet come.
+
+<1> Persons who came to New Netherland, not as colonists
+under the patroons, or as employees of the West India Company,
+but on their own account.
+<2> I.e., of the governor (director-general) of New Netherland
+or of the directors of the company.
+
+
+Of the Situation and Goodness of the Waters.
+
+Having given an account of the situation of the country and
+its boundaries, and having consequently spoken of the
+location of the rivers, it will not be foreign to our purpose
+to add a word as to the goodness and convenience of the
+waters; which are salt, brackish, or fresh, according to their
+locality. There are in New Netherland four principal rivers;
+the most southerly is usually called the South River, and the
+bay at its entrance, Godyn's Bay. It is so called not because
+it runs to the south, but because it is the most southerly
+river in New Netherland. Another which this lies south of or
+nearest to, and which is the most noted and the best, as
+regards trade and population, is called Rio Montanjes, from
+certain mountains, and Mauritius River, but generally, the
+North River, because it reaches farthest north. The third is
+the East River, so called because it runs east from the
+Manathans. This is regarded by many not as a river but as a
+Bay, because it is extremely wide in some places and connects
+at both ends with the sea. We however consider it a river
+and such it is commonly reckoned. The fourth is called the
+Fresh River, because the water is for the most part fresh,
+more so than the others. Besides these rivers, there are
+many bays, havens and inlets, very convenient and useful,
+some of which might well be classed among rivers. There are
+numerous bodies of water inland, some large, others small,
+besides navigable kills like rivers, and many creeks very
+advantageous for the purpose of navigating through the
+country, as the map of New Netherland will prove. There
+are also various waterfalls and rapid streams, fit to erect
+mills of all kinds upon for the use of man, and innumerable
+small rivulets over the whole country, like veins in the body;
+but they are all fresh water, except some on the sea shore,
+(which are salt and fresh or brackish), very good both for
+wild and domestic animals to drink. The surplus waters
+are lost in the rivers or in the sea. Besides all these
+there are fountains without number, and springs all through
+the country, even at places where water would not be expected;
+as on cliffs and rocks whence they issue like spring veins.
+Some of them are worthy of being well guarded, not only
+Because they are all (except in the thickets) very clear and
+pure, but because many have these properties, that in the
+winter they smoke from heat, and in summer are so cool that
+the hands can hardly be endured in them on account of the
+cold, not even in the hottest of the summer; which circumstance
+makes them pleasant for the use of man and beast, who can
+partake of them without danger; for if any one drink thereof,
+it does him no harm although it be very warm weather. Thus
+much of the proprietorship, location, goodness and fruitfulness
+of these provinces, in which particulars, as far as our little
+experience extends, it need yield to no province in Europe.
+As to what concerns trade, in which Europe and especially
+Netherland is pre-eminent, it not only lies very convenient
+and proper for it, but if there were inhabitants, it would be
+found to have more commodities of and in itself to export to
+other countries than it would have to import from them.
+These things considered, it will be little labor for intelligent
+men to estimate and compute exactly of what importance this
+naturally noble province is to the Netherland nation, what
+service it could render it in future, and what a retreat it
+would be for all the needy in the Netherlands, as well of
+high and middle, as of low degree; for it is much easier for
+all men of enterprise to obtain a livelihood here than in
+the Netherlands.
+
+We cannot sufficiently thank the Fountain of all Goodness
+for His having led us into such a fruitful and healthful
+land, which we, with our numerous sins, still heaped up
+here daily, beyond measure, have not deserved. We are also
+in the highest degree beholden to the Indians, who not only
+have given up to us this good and fruitful country, and for
+a trifle yielded us the ownership, but also enrich us with
+their good and reciprocal trade, so that there is no one in
+New Netherland or who trades to New Netherland without
+obligation to them. Great is our disgrace now, and happy
+should we have been, had we acknowledged these benefits as
+we ought, and had we striven to impart the Eternal Good to
+the Indians, as much as was in our power, in return for what
+they divided with us. It is to be feared that at the Last
+Day they will stand up against us for this injury. Lord of
+Hosts! Forgive us for not having conducted therein more
+according to our reason; give us also the means and so direct
+our hearts that we in future may acquit ourselves a we ought
+for the salvation of our own souls and of theirs, and for
+the magnifying of thy Holy Name, for the sake of Christ.
+Amen.
+
+To speak with deference, it is proper to look beyond the
+trouble which will be incurred in adjusting the boundaries
+and the first cost of increasing the population of this
+country, and to consider that beginnings are difficult and
+that sowing would be irksome if the sower were not cheered
+with the hope of reaping. We trust and so assure ourselves
+that the very great experience of Their High Mightinesses
+will dictate better remedies than we are able to suggest.
+But it may be that Their High Mightinesses and some other
+friends, before whom this may come, may think strange that
+we speak as highly of this place as we do, and as we know
+to be true, and yet complain of want and poverty, seek
+relief, assistance, redress, lessening of charges, population
+and the like, and show that the country is in a poor and
+ruinous condition; yea, so much so, as that without special
+aid and assistance it will utterly fall off and pass under
+foreign rule. It will therefore be necessary to point out
+the true reasons and causes why New Netherland is in so
+bad a state, which we will do as simply and truly as
+possible, according to the facts, as we have seen, experienced,
+and heard them; and as this statement will encounter much
+opposition and reproach from many persons who may take
+offence at it, we humbly pray Their High Mightinesses and
+all well wishers, who may chance to read this, that they
+do not let the truth yield to any falsehoods, invented and
+embellished for the purpose, and that they receive no other
+testimony against this relation than that of such impartial
+persons as have not had, either directly or indirectly, any
+hand therein, profited by the loss of New Netherland, or
+otherwise incurred any obligation to it. With this remark
+we proceed to the reasons and sole cause of the evil which
+we indeed have but too briefly and indistinctly stated in
+the beginning of our petition to Their High Mightinesses.
+
+
+Of the Reasons and Causes why and how New Netherland is so
+Decayed.
+
+As we shall speak of the reasons and causes which have
+brought New Netherland into the ruinous condition in which
+it is now found to be, we deem it necessary to state first
+the difficulties. We represent it as we see and find it,
+in our daily experience. To describe it in one word, (and
+none better presents itself,) it is *bad government,* with
+its attendants and consequences, that is, to the best of
+our knowledge, the true and only foundation stone of the
+decay and ruin of New Netherland. This government from
+which so much abuse proceeds, is twofold, that is; in the
+Fatherland by the Managers, and in this country. We shall
+first briefly point out some orders and mistakes issuing
+from the Fatherland, and afterwards proceed to show how
+abuses have grown up and obtained strength here.
+
+The Managers of the Company adopted a wrong course at first,
+and as we think had more regard for their own interest than
+for the welfare of the country, trusting rather to flattering
+than true counsels. This is proven by the unnecessary
+expenses incurred from time to time, the heavy accounts of
+New Netherland,<1> the registering of colonies--in which
+business most of the Managers themselves engaged, and in
+reference to which they have regulated the trade--and finally
+the not peopling the country. It seems as if from the first,
+the Company have sought to stock this land with their own
+employees, which was a great mistake, for when their time
+was out they returned home, taking nothing with them, except
+a little in their purses and a bad name for the country, in
+regard to its lack of sustenance and in other respects. In
+the meantime there was no profit, but on the contrary heavy
+monthly salaries, as the accounts of New Netherland will show.
+
+<1> In 1644 the Bureau of Accounts of the West India Company
+reported that since 1626 the company had expended for New
+Netherland 515,000 guilders, say $250,000. At the time of
+the report the company was practically bankrupt.
+
+Had the Honorable West India Company, in the beginning, sought
+population instead of running to great expense for unnecessary
+things, which under more favorable circumstances might have
+been suitable and very proper, the account of New Netherland
+would not have been so large as it now is, caused by building
+the ship New Netherland at an excessive outlay,<1> by erecting
+three expensive mills, by brick-making, by tar-burning, by
+ash-burning, by salt-making and the like operations, which
+through bad management and calculation have all gone to
+nought, or come to little; but which nevertheless have cost
+much. Had the same money been used in bringing people and
+importing cattle, the country would now have been of great
+value.
+
+<1> A ship of eight hundred tons, built in the province in
+1631.
+
+The land itself is much better and it is more conveniently
+situated than that which the English possess, and if there
+were not constant seeking of individual gain and private
+trade, there would be no danger that misfortunes would press
+us as far as they do.
+
+Had the first Exemptions been truly observed, according to
+their intention, and had they not been carried out with
+particular views, certainly more friends of New Netherland
+would have exerted themselves to take people there and make
+settlements. The other conditions which were introduced
+have always discouraged individuals and kept them down, so
+that those who were acquainted with the business, being
+informed, dared not attempt it. It is very true that the
+Company have brought over some persons, but they have not
+continued to do so, and it therefore has done little good.
+It was not begun properly; for it was done as if it was not
+intended.
+
+It is impossible for us to rehearse and to state in detail
+wherein and how often the Company have acted injuriously
+to this country. They have not approved of our own country-
+men settling the land, as is shown in the case of Jacob
+Walingen and his people at the Fresh River, and quite
+Recently in the cases at the South River; while foreigners
+Were permitted to take land there without other opposition
+than orders and protests. It could hardly be otherwise, for
+the garrisons are not kept complete conformably to the
+Exemptions, and thus the cause of New Netherland's bad
+condition lurks as well in the Netherlands as here. Yea,
+the seeds of war, according to the declaration of Director
+Kieft, were first sown by the Fatherland; for he said he had
+Express orders to exact the contribution from the Indians;
+Which would have been very well if the land had been peopled,
+But as it was, it was premature.
+
+Trade, without which, when it is legitimate, no country is
+prosperous, is by their acts so decayed, that it amounts to
+nothing. It is more suited for slaves than freemen, in
+consequence of the restrictions upon it and the annoyances
+which accompany the exercise of the right of inspection. We
+approve of inspection, however, so far as relates to contraband.
+
+This contraband trade has ruined the country, and contraband
+goods are now sent to every part of it by orders given by the
+Managers to their officers. These orders should be executed
+without partiality, which is not always the case. The
+Recognition<1> runs high, and of inspection and confiscation
+there is no lack; hence legitimate trade is entirely diverted,
+except a little, which exists pro forma, as a cloak for
+carrying on illicit trading. In the mean time the Christians
+are treated almost like Indians, in the purchase of the
+necessaries with which they cannot dispense. This causes great
+complaint, distress and poverty: as, for example, the merchants
+sell those goods which are liable to little depreciation at a
+hundred per cent. and more profit, when there is particular
+demand or scarcity of them. And the traders who come with
+small cargoes, and others engaged in the business, buy them up
+from the merchants and sell them again to the common man, who
+cannot do without them, oftentimes at a hundred per cent.
+advance, or higher and lower according to the demand. Upon
+liquors, which are liable to much leakage, they take more, and
+those who buy from them retail them in the same manner, as we
+have described in regard to dry wares, and generally even more
+cunningly, so that the goods are sold through first, second
+and sometimes third hands, at one and two hundred per cent.
+advance. We are not able to think of all the practices which
+are contrived for advancing individual and private gain. Little
+attention is given to populating the land. The people, moreover,
+have been driven away by harsh and unreasonable proceedings,
+for which their Honors gave the orders; for the Managers wrote
+to Director Kieft to prosecute when there was no offence, and
+to consider a partial offence an entire one, and so forth. It
+has also been seen how the letters of the Eight Men were
+treated, and what followed thereupon;<2> besides there were
+many ruinous orders and instructions which are not known to us.
+But leaving this at present, with now and then a word, at a
+convenient point, let us proceed to examine how their officers
+and Directors have conducted themselves from time to time,
+having played with the managers as well as with the people, as
+a cat does with a mouse. It would be possible to relate their
+management from the beginning, but as most of us were not here
+then and therefore not eye-witnesses, and as a long time has
+passed whereby it has partly escaped recollection, and as in
+our view it was not so bad then as afterwards when the land
+was made free and freemen began to increase, we will pass by
+the beginning and let Mr. Lubbert van Dincklaghen, Vice Director
+of New Netherland, describe the government of Director Wouter
+van Twiller of which he is known to have information, and will
+only speak of the last two sad and dire confusions (we would
+say governments if we could) under Director Kieft, who is now
+no more, but the evil of it lives after him; and of that
+under Director Stuyvesant which still stands, if indeed that
+may be called standing which lies completely under foot.
+
+<1> Export duty.
+<2> Nevertheless, the remonstrance of the Eight Men, October
+28, 1644, _N.Y. Coll. Doc._, I. 209, did cause the reform of
+the system of provincial government and the recall of Kieft.
+
+The Directors here, though far from their masters, were close
+by their profit. They have always known how to manage their
+own matters very properly and with little loss, yet under
+pretext of the public business. They have also conducted
+themselves just as if they were the sovereigns of the country.
+As they desired to have it, so it always had to be; and as
+they willed so was it done. "The Managers," they say, "are
+masters in Fatherland, but we are masters in this land." As
+they understand it it will go, there is no appeal. And it
+has not been difficult for them hitherto to maintain this
+doctrine in practice; for the people were few and for the
+most part very simple and uninformed, and besides, they needed
+the Directors every day. And if perchance there were some
+intelligent men among them, who could go upon their own feet,
+them it was sought to oblige. They could not understand at
+first the arts of the Directors which were always subtle and
+dark, so that these were frequently successful and occasionally
+remained effective for a long time. Director Kieft said
+himself, and let it be said also by others, that he was
+sovereign in this country, or the same as the Prince in the
+Netherlands. This was repeated to him several times here and
+he never made any particular objection to it. The refusing
+to allow appeals, and other similar acts, prove clearly that
+in our opinion no other proof is needed. The present Director
+does the same, and in the denial of appeal, he is also at
+home. He likes to assert the maxim "the Prince is above the
+law," and applies it so boldly to his own person that it
+confutes itself. These directors, having then the power in
+their hands, could do and have done what they chose according
+to their good will and pleasure; and whatever was, was right,
+because it was agreeable to them. It is well known that those
+who assume power, and use it to command what they will,
+frequently command and will more than they ought, and, whether
+it appear right or not, there are always some persons who
+applaud such conduct, some out of a desire to help on and to
+see mischief, others from fear; and so men still complain
+with Jan Vergas de clementia ducis, of the clemency of the
+duke.<1> But in order that we give nobody cause to suspect
+that we blow somewhat too hard, it will be profitable to
+illustrate by examples the government of Mr. Director Kieft
+at its close, and the administration of Mr. Director Stuyvesant
+just prior to the time of our departure. We frankly admit,
+however, that we shall not be able to speak fully of all the
+tricks, because they were conducted so secretly and with such
+duplicity and craft. We will nevertheless expose some of
+their proceedings according to our ability, and thus let the
+lion be judged of from his paw.
+
+<1> Juan de Vargas, the chief member of the Duke of Alva's
+"Council of Blood," who complained that the duke's methods
+were too lenient.
+
+Casting our eyes upon the government of Director Kieft, the
+church first meets us, and we will therefore speak of the
+public property ecclesiastical and civil. But as this man
+is now dead, and some of his management and doings are freely
+represented by one Jochem Pietersz Cuyter and Cornelis Melyn,<1>
+we will dispose of this point as briefly as we possibly can.
+
+<1> Stuyvesant, soon after his arrival, at the instance of
+Kieft, condemned Kieft's chief opponents, Kuyter and Melyn,
+for lese-majesty, and banished them, forbidding them to appeal.
+On reaching Holland, however, after their dramatic escape from
+the shipwreck of the Princess, they appealed, and secured a
+reversal of their condemnation.
+
+Before the time that Director Kieft brought the unnecessary
+war upon the country, his principal aim and endeavors were
+to provide well for himself and to leave a great name after
+him, but without any expense to himself or the Company, for
+this never did anything remarkable for the country by which
+it was improved. Thus he considered the erection of a church
+a very necessary public work, the more so as it was in
+contemplation to build one at that time at Renselaers-Wyck.
+With this view he communicated with the churchwardens--of which
+body he himself was one--and they willingly agreed to and
+seconded the project. The place where it should stand was
+then debated. The Director contended that it should be placed
+in the fort, and there it was erected in spite of the others,
+and, indeed, as suitably as a fifth wheel of a wagon; for
+besides that the fort is small and lies upon a point of land
+which must be very valuable in case of an increase of population,
+the church ought to be owned by the congregation at whose cost
+it was built. It also intercepts and turns off the southeast
+wind from the grist-mill which stands close by, for which
+reason there is frequently in summer a want of bread from its
+inability to grind, though not from this cause alone. The mill
+is neglected and, in consequence of having had a leaky roof
+most of the time, has become considerably rotten, so that it
+cannot now go with more than two arms, and it has been so for
+nearly five years. But to return to the church--from which
+the grist-mill has somewhat diverted us--the Director then
+resolved to build a church, and at the place where it suited
+him; but he was in want of money and was at a loss how to
+obtain it. It happened about this time that the minister,
+Everardus Bogardus, gave his step-daughter in marriage; and
+the occasion of the wedding the Director considered a good
+opportunity for his purpose. So after the fourth or fifth
+round of drinking, he set about the business, and he himself
+showing a liberal example let the wedding-guests subscribe
+what they were willing to give towards the church. All then
+with light heads subscribed largely, competing with one another;
+and although some well repented it when they recovered their
+senses, they were nevertheless compelled to pay--nothing could
+avail to prevent it. The church was then, contrary to every
+one's wish, placed in the fort. The honor and ownership of
+that work must be judged of from the inscription, which is in
+our opinion ambiguous, thus reading: "1642. Willem Kieft,
+Director General, has caused the congregation to build this
+church."<1> But whatever be intended by the inscription, the
+people nevertheless paid for the church.
+
+<1> The inscription was in existence till 1835. This third
+church stood near what is now called the Bowling Green. The
+inscription, though susceptible of misconstruction, is not
+really ambiguous. Its proper interpretation is: "1642,
+Willem Kieft being Director General, the congregation caused
+this church to be built."
+
+We must now speak of the property belonging to the church,
+and, to do the truth no violence, we do not know that there
+has ever been any, or that the church has any income except
+what is given to it. There has never been any exertion made
+either by the Company or by the Director to obtain or establish
+any.
+
+The bowl has been going round a long time for the purpose of
+erecting a common school and it has been built with words, but
+as yet the first stone is not laid. Some materials only are
+provided. The money nevertheless, given for the purpose, has
+already found its way out and is mostly spent; or may even
+fall short, and for this purpose also no fund invested in
+real estate has ever been built up.
+
+The poor fund, though the largest, contains nothing except
+the alms collected among the people, and some fines and
+donations of the inhabitants. A considerable portion of this
+money is in the possession of the Company, who have borrowed
+it from time to time, and kept it. They have promised, for
+years, to pay interest. But in spite of all endeavor neither
+principal nor interest can be obtained from them.
+
+Flying reports about asylums for orphans, for the sick and
+aged,<1> and the like have occasionally been heard, but as
+yet we can not see that any attempt, order or direction has
+been made in relation to them. From all these facts, then,
+it sufficiently appears that scarcely any proper care or
+diligence has been used by the Company or its officers for
+any ecclesiastical property whatever--at least, nothing as
+far as is known--from the beginning to this time; but on the
+contrary great industry and exertion have been used to bind
+closely to them their minions, or to gain new ones as we
+shall hereafter at the proper time relate. And now let us
+proceed to the consideration of what public measures of a
+civil character had been adopted up to the time of our
+departure, in order to make manifest the diligence and care
+of the Directors in this particular.
+
+<1> Seventeenth-century Dutch towns abounded in institutions
+of this sort.
+
+There was not at first, under the government of Director
+Kieft, so much opportunity as there has since been, because
+the recognition of the peltries was then paid in the
+Fatherland, and the freemen gave nothing for excise; but
+after that public calamity, the rash war, was brought upon
+us, the recognition of the peltries began to be collected in
+this country, and a beer-excise was sought to be established,
+about which a conference was had with the Eight Men, who were
+then chosen from the people. They did not approve of it as
+such, but desired to know under what regulations and upon
+what footing it would take place, and how long it would
+continue. Director Kieft promised that it should not continue
+longer than until a ship of the Company should arrive with a
+new Director, or until the war should be at an end. Although
+it was very much distrusted by all, and therefore was not
+consented to, yet he introduced it by force. The brewers who
+would not agree to it had their beer given over to the soldiers.
+So it was enforced, but it caused great strife and discontent.
+
+>From this time forward the Director began to divide the people
+and to create factions. Those who were on his side could do
+nothing amiss, however bad it might be; those who were opposed
+to him were always wrong even if they did perfectly right, and
+the order to reckon half an offence a whole one was then
+strictly enforced. The jealousy of the Director was so great
+that he could no bear without suspicion that impartial persons
+should visit his partisans.
+
+After the war was, as the Director himself said, finished--
+though in our opinion it will never be finished until the
+country is populated--every one hoped that this impost would
+be removed, but Director Kieft put off the removal until the
+arrival of a new Director, which was longed for very much.
+When finally he did appear,<1> it was like the crowning of
+Rehoboam, for, instead of abolishing the beer-excise, his
+first business was to impose a wine-excise and other
+intolerable burdens, so that some of the commonalty, as they
+had no spokesman, were themselves constrained to remonstrate
+against it. Instead however of obtaining the relief which
+they expected, they received abuse from the Director.
+Subsequently a written answer was given them, which the
+Director had, as usual, drawn up at such length and with such
+fulness that plain and simple people, such as are here, must
+be confused, and unable to make anything out of it. Further
+attempts have accordingly been made from time to time to
+introduce new taxes and burdens. In fine it was so managed
+in Director Kieft's time, that a large yearly sum was
+received from the recognition and other sources, calculated
+to amount annually to 16,000 guilders,<2> besides the
+recognition which was paid in the Fatherland and which had
+to be contributed by the poor commonalty; for the goods were
+sold accordingly, and the prices are now unbearably high. In
+Director Stuyvesant's administration the revenue has reached
+a much higher sum, and it is estimated that about 30,000
+guilders<3> are now derived yearly from the people by
+recognitions, confiscations, excise and other taxes, and yet
+it is not enough; the more one has the more one wants. It
+would be tolerable to give as much as possible, if it was
+used for the public weal. And whereas in all the proclamations
+it is promised and declared that the money shall be employed
+for laudable and necessary public works, let us now look for
+a moment and see what laudable public works there are in this
+country, and what fruits all the donations and contributions
+have hitherto borne. But not to confuse matters, one must
+understand us not to refer to goods and effects that belong
+to the Honorable Company as its own, for what belongs to it
+particularly was never public. The Company's effects in
+this country may, perhaps, with forts, cannon, ammunition,
+warehouses, dwelling-houses, workshops, horses, cattle, boats,
+and whatever else there may be, safely be said to amount to
+from 60,000 to 70,000 guilders,<4> and it is very probable
+that the debts against it are considerably more. But passing
+these by, let us turn our attention to the public property,
+and see where the money from time to time has been used.
+According to the proclamations during the administration of
+Director Kieft, if we rightly consider, estimate and examine
+them all, we cannot learn or discover that anything--we say
+anything large or small--worth relating, was done, built or
+made, which concerned or belonged to the commonalty, the
+church excepted, whereof we have heretofore spoken. Yea,
+he went on so badly and negligently that nothing has ever
+been designed, understood or done that gave appearance of
+design to content the people, even externally, but on the
+contrary what came from the commonalty has even been mixed
+up with the effects of the Company, and even the Company's
+property and means have been everywhere neglected, in order
+to make friends, to secure witnesses and to avoid accusers
+about the management of the war. The negroes, also, who came
+from Tamandare<5> were sold for pork and peas, from the
+proceeds of which something wonderful was to be performed,
+but they just dripped through the fingers. There are also
+various other negroes in this country, some of whom have been
+made free for their long service, but their children have
+remained slaves, though it is contrary to the laws of every
+people that any one born of a free Christian mother should
+be a slave and be compelled to remain in servitude. It is
+impossible to relate everything that has happened. Whoever
+did not give his assent and approval was watched and, when
+occasion served, was punished for it. We submit to all
+intelligent persons to consider what fruit this has borne,
+and what a way this was to obtain good testimony. Men are
+by nature covetous, especially those who are needy, and of
+this we will hereafter adduce some few proofs, when we come
+to speak of Director Kieft's government particularly. But
+we shall now proceed to the administration of Director
+Stuyvesant, and to see how affairs have been conducted up
+to the time of our departure.
+
+<1> Stuyvesant arrived from Holland by way of the West Indies
+in May, 1647.
+<2> Equivalent to $6,400.
+<3> $12,000.
+<4> From $24,000 to $28,000.
+<5> A bay on the coast of Brazil, where the Dutch admiral
+Lichthart defeated the Portugese in a naval engagement, in
+September, 1645.
+
+Mr. Stuyvesant has almost all the time from his first arrival
+up to our leaving been busy building, laying masonry, making,
+breaking, repairing and the like, but generally in matters of
+the Company and with little profit to it; for upon some things
+more was spent than they were worth; and though at the first
+he put in order the church which came into his hands very much
+out of repair, and shortly afterwards made a wooden wharf,
+both acts very serviceable and opportune, yet after this time
+we do not know that anything has been done or made that is
+entitled to the name of a public work, though there has been
+income enough, as is to be seen in the statement of the yearly
+revenue. They have all the time been trying for more, like
+dropsical people. Thus in a short time very great discontent
+has sprung up on all sides, not only among the burghers, who
+had little to say, but also among the Company's officers
+themselves, so that various protests were made by them on
+account of the expense and waste consequent upon unnecessary
+councillors, officers, servants and the like who are not known
+by the Managers, and also on account of the monies and means
+which were given in common, being privately appropriated and
+used. But it was all in vain, there was very little or no
+amendment; and the greater the endeavors to help, restore and
+raise up everything, the worse has it been; for pride has
+ruled when justice dictated otherwise, just as if it were
+disgraceful to follow advice, and as if everything should come
+from one head. The fruits of this conduct can speak and bear
+testimony of themselves. It has been so now so long, that
+every day serves the more to condemn it. Previously to the
+23rd of July 1649, nothing had been done concerning weights
+and measures or the like; but at that time they notified the
+people that in August then next ensuing the matter would be
+regulated. The fiscaal would then attend to it, which was
+as much as to say, would give the pigeons to drink. There is
+frequently much discontent and discord among the people on
+account of weights and measures, and as they are never
+inspected, they cannot be right. It is also believed that
+some of easy consciences have two sets of them, but we cannot
+affirm the fact. As to the corn measure, the Company itself
+has always been suspected, but who dare lisp it? The payment
+in zeewant, which is the currency here, has never been placed
+upon a good footing, although the commonalty requested it,
+and showed how it should be regulated, assigning numerous
+reasons therefor. But there is always misunderstanding and
+discontent, and if anything is said before the Director of
+these matters more than pleases him, very wicked and spiteful
+words are returned. Those moreover whose office requires
+them to speak to him of such things are, if he is in no good
+fit, very freely berated as clowns, bear-skinners, and the
+like.
+
+The fort under which we are to shelter ourselves, and from
+which as it seems all authority proceeds, lies like a molehill
+or a tottering wall, on which there is not one gun-carriage or
+one piece of cannon in a suitable frame or on a good platform.
+>From the first it has been declared that it should be repaired,
+laid in five angles, and put in royal condition. The
+commonalty's men have been addressed for money for the purpose,
+but they excused themselves on the ground that the people were
+poor. Every one, too, was discontented and feared that if the
+Director once had his fort to rely upon, he would be more
+cruel and severe. Between the two, nothing is done. He will
+doubtless know how to lay the blame with much circumstance
+upon the commonalty who are innocent, although the Director
+wished to have the money from them, and for that purpose
+pretended to have an order from Their High Mightinesses. Had
+the Director laid out for that purpose the fourth part of the
+money which was collected from the commonalty during his time,
+it certainly would not have fallen short, as the wine-excise
+was expressly laid for that object. But it was sought in a
+thousand ways to shear the sheep though the wool was not yet
+grown. In regard, then, to public works, there is little
+difference between Director Kieft and Director Stuyvesant,
+for after the church was built the former was negligent, and
+took personal action against those who looked him in the eye.
+The latter has had much more opportunity to keep public works
+in repair than his predecessor had, for he has had no war on
+his hands. He has also been far more diligent and bitter in
+looking up causes of prosecution against his innocent
+opponents than his predecessor ever was.
+
+
+The Administration of Director Kieft in Particular.
+
+Sufficient has been said of what Director Kieft did in regard
+to the church and its affairs, and in regard to the state,
+such as buildings and taxes or revenue. It remains for us
+to proceed to the council-house and produce thence some
+examples, as we promised. We will, in doing so, endeavor to
+be brief.
+
+The Council then consisted of Director Kieft and Monsieur
+la Montagne. The Director had two votes, and Monsieur la
+Montagne one; and it was a high crime to appeal from their
+judgments. Cornelis vander Hoykens sat with them as fiscaal,<1>
+and Cornelis van Tienhoven as secretary,<2> and whenever any
+thing extraordinary occurred, the Director allowed some, whom
+it pleased him--officers of the company for the most part--
+to be summoned in addition, but that seldom happened.
+Nevertheless it gave discontent. The Twelve Men, and afterwards
+the Eight,<3> had in court matters neither vote nor advice;
+but were chosen in view of the war and some other occurrences,
+to serve as cloaks and cats-paws. Otherwise they received no
+consideration and were little respected if they opposed at
+all the views of the Director, who himself imagined, or
+certainly wished to make others believe, that he was sovereign,
+and that it was absolutely in his power to do or refuse to do
+anything. He little regarded the safety of the people as the
+supreme law, as clearly appeared in the war, although when the
+spit was turned in the ashes, it was sought by cunning and
+numerous certificates and petitions to shift the blame upon
+others. But that happened so because the war was carried too
+far, and because every one laid the damage and the blood
+which was shed to his account. La Montagne said that he had
+protested against it, but that it was begun against his will
+and to his great regret, and that afterwards, when it was
+entered upon, he had helped to excuse it to the best of his
+ability. The secretary, Cornelius van Tienhoven, also said
+that he had no hand in the matter, and nothing had been done
+by him in regard to it except by the express orders of the
+Director. But this was not believed, for there are those
+who have heard La Montagne say that if the secretary had not
+brought false reports the affair would never have happened.<4>
+There are others also who know this, and every one believes
+it to be so; and indeed it has plausability. Fiscal van der
+Hoytgens was not trusted on account of his drinking, wherein
+all his science consists. He had also no experience here,
+and in the beginning frequently denounced the war as being
+against his will. So that the blame rests, and must rest
+only upon the Director and Secretary Tienhoven. The
+Director was entrusted with the highest authority, and if
+any body advised him to the land's ruin, he was not bound
+to follow the advice and afterwards endeavor to shift the
+burden from his own neck upon the people, who however
+excuse themselves although in our judgment they are not all
+entirely innocent. The cause of this war we conceive to
+have been the exacting of the contribution, (for which the
+Director said he had the order of the Managers,)<5> and
+his own ungovernable passions, which showed themselves
+principally in private. But there are friends whom this
+business intimately concerns, and as they have already
+undertaken it, we will leave the matter with them and
+proceed to cite one or two instances disclosing the
+aspiration after sovereignty. Passing by many cases for
+the sake of brevity, we have that of one Francis Doughty,
+an English minister, and of Arnoldus van Herdenberch, a
+free merchant. But as both these cases appear likely to
+come before Their High Mightinesses at full length, we
+will merely give a summary of them. This minister, Francis
+Doughty, during the first troubles in England, in order to
+escape them, came to New England.<6> But he found that he
+might, in conformity with the Dutch reformation, have
+freedom of conscience, which, contrary to his expectation,
+he missed in New England, he betook himself to the protection
+of the Dutch. An absolute ground-brief<7> with the privileges
+allowed to a colony was granted to him by the Director. He
+had strengthened his settlement in the course of one year by
+the addition of several families, but the war coming on, they
+were driven from their lands with the loss of some men and
+many cattle, besides almost all their houses and what other
+property they had. They afterwards returned and remained a
+while, but consuming more than they were able to raise, they
+came to the Manathans where all the fugitives sojourned at
+that time, and there Master Doughty officiated as a minister.
+After the flame of war was out and the peace was concluded--
+but in such a manner that no one much relied upon it--some
+of the people again returned to their lands. The Director
+would have been glad, in order that all things should be
+completely restored, if it had pleased this man likewise to
+go back upon his land; but inasmuch as the peace was doubtful,
+and he had not wherewith to begin, Master Doughty was in no
+haste. He went however, some time afterwards, and dwelt
+there half a year, but again left it. As peace was made,
+and in hope that some others would make a village there, a
+suit was brought against the minister, and carried on so
+far that his land was confiscated. Master Doughty, feeling
+himself aggrieved, appealed from the sentence. The Director
+answered, his sentence could not be appealed from, but must
+prevail absolutely; and caused the minister for that remark
+to be imprisoned twenty-four hours and then to pay 25 guilders.
+We have always considered this an act of tyranny and regarded
+It as a token of sovereignty. The matter of Arnoldus van
+Herdenberch was very like it in its termination. After
+Zeger Theunisz was murdered by the Indians in the Beregat,<8>
+and the yacht had returned to the Manathans, Arnoldus van
+Hardenbergh was with two others appointed by the Director
+and Council curators over the estate, and the yacht was
+searched. Some goods were found in it which were not entered,
+whereupon the fiscaal went to law with the curators, and
+claimed that the goods were confiscable to the Company. The
+curators resisted and gave Herdenberch charge of the matter.
+After some proceedings the goods were condemned. As he found
+himself now aggrieved in behalf of the common owners, he
+appealed to such judges as they should choose for the purpose.
+The same game was then played over again. It was a high
+crime. The fiscaal made great pretensions and a sentence was
+passed, whereof the contents read thus: "Having seen the
+written complaint of the Fiscaal vander Hoytgens against
+Arnoldus van Hardenberch in relation to appealing from our
+sentence dated the 28th April last past, as appears by the
+signature of the before-named Sr. A. van Hardenberch, from
+which sentence no appeal can be had, as is proven to him by
+the States General and His Highness of Orange: Therefore the
+Director General and Council of New Netherland, regarding the
+dangerous consequences tending to injure the supreme authority
+of this land's magistracy, condemn the before-named Arnold van
+Herdenberch to pay forthwith a fine of 25 guilders, or to be
+imprisoned until the penalty be paid; as an example to others."
+Now, if one know the lion from his paw, he can see that these
+people do not spare the name of Their High Mightinesses, His
+Highness of Orange, the honor of the magistrates, nor the words,
+"dangerous consequences," "an example to others," and other such
+words, to play their own parts therewith. We have therefore
+placed this act by the side of that which was committed against
+the minister Doughty. Many more similar cases would be found
+in the record, if other things were always rightly inserted in
+it, which is very doubtful, the contrary sometimes being observed.
+It appears then sufficiently that everything has gone on rather
+strangely. And with this we will leave the subject and pass on
+to the government of Director Stuyvesant, with a single word,
+however, touching the sinister proviso incorporated in the
+ground-briefs, as the consequences may thence be very well
+understood. Absolute grants were made to the people by the
+ground-briefs, and when they thought that everything was right,
+and that they were masters of their own possessions, the ground-
+briefs were demanded from them again upon pretence that there
+was something forgotten in them; but that was not it. They
+thought they had incommoded themselves in giving them, and
+therefore a proviso was added at the end of the ground-brief,
+and it was signed anew; which proviso directly conflicts with
+the ground-brief, so that in one and the same ground-brief is a
+contradiction without chance of agreement, for it reads thus in
+the old briefs: "and take in possession the land and the valleys
+appertaining of old thereto," and the proviso says, "no valley
+to be used before the Company," all which could well enough be
+used, and the Company have a competency. In the ground-briefs
+is contained also another provision, which is usually inserted
+and sticks in the bosom of every one: to wit, that they must
+submit themselves to all taxes which the council has made or
+shall make.<9> These impositions can be continued in infinitum,
+and have already been enforced against several inhabitants.
+Others also are discouraged from undertaking anything on such
+terms.
+
+<1> Cornelis van der Huygens was schout-fiscaal (sheriff and
+public prosecutor) of New Netherland from 1639 to 1645. He
+was drowned in the wreck of the Princess in 1647, along with
+Kieft.
+<2> Cornelis van Tienhoven was a figure of much importance in
+New Netherland history. An Utrecht man, he came out as book-
+Keeper in 1633, and served in that capacity under Van Twiller.
+In 1638, at the beginning of Kieft's administration, he was
+made provincial secretary, and continued in that office under
+Stuyvesant, supporting with much shrewdness and industry the
+measures of the administration. His endeavors to counteract
+this _Representation_ of the commonalty of New Netherland are
+described in the introduction, and are exhibited in the piece
+which follows.
+<3> The Twelve Men were representatives chosen at the request
+of Kieft, to advise respecting war against the Weckquasgeeks,
+by an assembly of heads of families convened in August, 1641.
+They counselled delay, but finally, in January, 1642, consented
+to war. When they proceeded to demand reforms, especially
+popular representation in the Council, Kieft dissolved them.
+After the Indian outbreak of August, 1643, the Eight Men were
+elected, also at the instance of Kieft, and did their part
+in the management of the ensuing warfare; but they also, in
+the autumns of 1643 and 1644, protested to the West India
+Company and the States General against Kieft's misgovernment,
+and demanded his recall.
+<4> This is intended to connect Kieft's massacre of the
+refugee Tappaans at Pavonia, February 25-26, 1643, with a
+previous reconnaissance of their position by Van Tienhoven.
+<5> Demand of tribute which Kieft made of the river Indians
+in 1639 and 1640.
+<6> Reverend Francis Doughty, Adriaen van der Donck's father-
+in-law, came to Massachusetts in 1637, but was forced to
+depart on account of heresies respecting baptism. He is
+reputed one of the first, if not the first, Presbyterian
+ministers in America. Further details regarding him, from
+an unfriendly pen, may be seen in Van Tienhoven's reply, post.
+The conditions on which he and his associates settled at
+Mespath (Newtown) may be seen in _N.Y. Col. Doc._, XIII. 8; the
+Patent, in O'Callaghan's _History of New Netherland_, I. 425.
+<7> Conveyance.
+<8> Shrewsbury Inlet.
+<9> Mr. Murphy cites the clause, from a ground-brief or patent
+issued in 1639. After describing the land conveyed, it is
+declared to be "upon the express condition and stipulation that
+the said A.B. and his assigns shall acknowledge the Nobel Lords
+Managers aforesaid as their masters and patroons under the
+sovereignty of the High and Mighty Lord States General, and
+shall be obedient to the Director and Council here, as all good
+citizens are bound to be, submitting themselves to all such
+taxes and imposts as have been or may be, hereafter, imposed
+by the Noble Lords."
+
+
+The Administration of Director Stuyvesant in Particular
+
+We wish much we were already through with this administration,
+for it has grieved us, and we know ourselves powerless;
+nevertheless we will begin, and as we have already spoken of
+the public property, ecclesiastical and civil, we will consider
+how it is in regard to the administration of justice, and
+giving decisions between man and man. And first, to point as
+with a finger at the manners of the Director and Council. As
+regards the Director, from his first arrival to this time, his
+manner in court has been to treat with violence, dispute with
+or harass one of the two parties, not as becomes a judge, but
+as a zealous advocate, which has given great discontent to
+every one, and with some it has gone so far and has effected
+so much, that many of them dare bring no matter before the
+court, if they do not stand well or tolerably so with the
+Director. For whoever has him opposed, has as much as the sun
+and moon against him. Though he has himself appointed many of
+the councillors, and placed hem under obligation to him, and
+some pretend that he can overpower the rest by plurality of
+votes, he frequently puts his opinion in writing, and that so
+fully that it covers several pages, and then he adds verbally,
+"Monsieur, this is my advice, if any one has aught to say
+against it, let him speak." If then any one rises to make
+objection, which is not easily done, though it be well grounded,
+His Honor bursts out immediately in fury and makes such gestures,
+that it is frightful; yea, he rails out frequently at the
+Councillors for this thing and the other, with ugly words which
+would better suit the fish-market than the council chamber; and
+if this be all endured, His Honor will not rest yet unless he
+has his will. To demonstrate this by examples and proof, though
+easily done, would nevertheless detain us too long; but we all
+say and affirm that this has been his common practice from the
+first and still daily continues. And this is the condition and
+nature of things in the council on the part of the Director,
+who is its head and president. Let us now briefly speak of the
+councillors individually. The Vice Director, Lubbert van
+Dincklagen,<1> has for a long time on various occasions shown
+great dissatisfaction about many different matters, and has
+protested against the Director and his appointed councillors,
+but only lately, and after some others made resistance. He
+was, before this, so influenced by fear, that he durst venture
+to take no chances against the Director, but had to let many
+things pass by and to submit to them. He declared afterwards
+that he had great objections to them, because they were not
+just, but he saw no other way to have peace, as the Director
+said even in the council, that he would treat him worse than
+Wouter van Twiller had ever done, if he were not willing to
+conform to his wishes. This man then is overruled. Let us
+proceed farther. Monsieur la Montagne had been in the council
+in Kieft's time, and was then very much suspected by many. He
+had no commission from the Fatherland, was driven by the war
+from his farm, is also very much indebted to the Company, and
+therefore is compelled to dissemble. But it is sufficiently
+known from himself that he is not pleased, and is opposed to
+the administration. Brian Newton,<2> lieutenant of the soldiers,
+is the next. This man is afraid of the Director, and regards
+him as his benefactor. Besides being very simple and inexperienced
+in law, he does not understand our Dutch language, so that he
+is scarcely capable of refuting the long written opinions, but
+must and will say yes. Sometimes the commissary, Adrian Keyser,
+is admitted into the council, who came here as secretary. This
+man has not forgotten much law, but says that he lets God's
+water run over God's field. He cannot and dares not say
+anything, for so much can be said against him that it is best
+that he should be silent. The captains of the ships, when
+they are ashore, have a vote in the Council; as Ielmer Thomassen,
+and Paulus Lenaertson,<3> who was made equipment-master upon
+his first arrival, and who has always had a seat in the council,
+but is still a free man. What knowledge these people, who all
+their lives sail on the sea, and are brought up to ship-work,
+have of law matters and of farmers' disputes any intelligent
+man can imagine. Besides, the Director himself considers them
+so guilty that they dare not accuse others, as will appear
+from this passage at Curacao, before the Director ever saw New
+Netherland. As they were discoursing about the price of
+carracks, the Director said to the minister and others, "Domine
+Johannes,<4> I thought that I had brought honest ship-masters
+with me, but I find that I have brought a set of thieves";
+and this was repeated to these councillors, especially to the
+equipment-master, for Captain Ielmer was most of the time at
+sea. They have let it pass unnoticed--a proof that they were
+guilty. But they have not fared badly; for though Paulus
+Lenaertssen has small wages, he has built a better dwelling-
+house here than anybody else. How this has happened is
+mysterious to us; for though the Director has knowledge of
+these matters, he nevertheless keeps quiet when Paulus
+Lenaertssen begins to make objections, which he does not
+easily do for any one else, which causes suspicion in the
+minds of many. There remains to complete this court-bench,
+the secretary and the fiscaal, Hendrick van Dyck,<5> who had
+previously been an ensign-bearer. Director Stuyvesant has
+kept him twenty-nine months out of the meetings of the
+council, for the reason among others which His Honor assigned,
+that he cannot keep secret but will make public, what is
+there resolved. He also frequently declared that he was a
+villain, a scoundrel, a thief and the like. All this is
+well known to the fiscaal, who dares not against him take the
+right course, and in our judgment it is not advisable for
+him to do so; for the Director is utterly insufferable in
+word and deed. What shall we say of a man whose head is
+troubled, and has a screw loose, especially when, as often
+happens, he has been drinking. To conclude, there is the
+secretary, Cornelius van Tienhoven. Of this man very much
+could be said, and more than we are able, but we shall select
+here and there a little for the sake of brevity. He is
+cautious, subtle, intelligent and sharp-witted--good gifts
+when they are well used. He is one of those who have been
+longest in the country, and every circumstance is well known
+to him, in regard both to the Christians and the Indians.
+With the Indians, moreover, he has run about the same as an
+Indian, with a little covering and a small patch in front,
+from lust after the prostitutes to whom he has always been
+mightily inclined, and with whom he has had so much to do
+that no punishment or threats of the Director can drive him
+from them. He is extremely expert in dissimulation. He
+pretends himself that he bites when asleep, and that he shows
+externally the most friendship towards those whom he most
+hates. He gives every one who has any business with him--
+which scarcely any one can avoid--good answers and promises
+of assistance, yet rarely helps anybody but his friends; but
+twists continually and shuffles from one side to the other.
+In his words and conduct he is shrewd, false, deceitful and
+given to lying, promising every one, and when it comes to
+perform, at home to no one. The origin of the war was
+ascribed principally to him, together with some of his friends.
+In consequence of his false reports and lies the Director was
+led into it, as is believed and declared both by the honest
+Indians and Christians. Now, if the voice of the people,
+according to the maxim, be the voice of God, one can with
+truth say scarcely anything good of this man or omit anything
+bad. The whole country, save the Director and his party,
+cries out against him bitterly, as a villain, murderer and
+traitor, and that he must leave the country or there will be
+no peace with the Indians. Director Stuyvesant was, at first
+and afterwards, well admonished of this; but he has nevertheless
+kept him in office, and allowed him to do so much, that all
+things go according to his wishes, more than if he were
+President. Yea, he also says that he is well contented to
+have him in his service, but that stone does not yet rest. We
+firmly believe that he misleads him in many things, so that he
+does many bad things which he otherwise would not do; in a word,
+that he is an indirect cause of his ruin and dislike in the
+country. But it seems that the Director can or will not see it;
+for when it was represented to him by some persons he gave it
+no consideration. It has been contrived to disguise and manage
+matters so, that in the Fatherland, where the truth can be
+freely spoken, nobody would be able to molest him in order to
+discover the truth. We do not attempt it. Having established
+the powers of the Council, it is easy to understand that the
+right people clung by each other, in order to maintain the
+imaginary sovereignty and to give a gloss to the whole business.
+Nine men were chosen to represent the whole commonalty, and
+commissions and instructions were given that whatever these
+men should do, should be the act of the whole commonalty.<6>
+And so in fact it was, as long as it corresponded with the
+wishes and views of the Director. In such cases they
+represented the whole commonalty; but when it did not so
+correspond, they were then clowns, usurers, rebels and the
+like. But to understand this properly it will be best briefly
+to state all things chronologically, as they have happened
+during his administration, and in what manner those who have
+sought the good of the country have been treated with injustice.
+
+<1> Lubbertus van Dincklagen, doctor of laws, was sent out as
+schout-fiscaal of New Netherland in 1634, quarrelled with Van
+Twiller, and was sent back by him in 1636. In 1644 he was
+Provisionally appointed as Kieft's successor, but Stuyvesant
+was finally made Director, and Van Dincklagen went out with
+him as vice-director and second member of the Council. He
+opposed some of Stuyvesant's arbitrary acts, supplied the three
+bearers of this _Representation_ with letters of credence to the
+States General, was expelled from the Council by Stuyvesant in
+1651, and died in 1657 or 1658.
+<2> An Englishman who had served under the company several years
+at Curacao.
+<3> Ielmer (said to =Ethelmar) Tomassen was skipper of the
+Great Gerrit in 1647, when Stuyvesant made him company's
+storekeeper and second in military command; in 1649 and 1650, of
+the Falcon. Paulus Leendertsen van der Grift was captain in the
+West India Company's service from at least 1644. In 1647
+Stuyvesant made him superintendent of naval equipment. In the
+first municipal government of New Amsterdam, 1653, he was made
+a schepen (magistrate and councillor), later a burgomaster.
+<4> Reverend Johannes Backerus, minister for the Company at
+Curacao from 1642 to 1647, was transferred to Amsterdam when
+Stuyvesant came out, in order to fill the vacancy left by
+Reverend Everardus Bogardus, minister at Manhattan from 1633
+to 1647, who, after long quarrelling with Kieft, had gone
+home in the same ship with him, the ill-fated Princess.
+<5> Ensign Hendrick van Dyck came out in 1640 as commander
+of the militia; again with Stuyvesant in 1647 as schout-fiscaal.
+In 1652 Stuyvesant removed him from that office. His defence
+of his official career, a valuable document, may be seen in
+_N.Y. Col. Doc._, I. 491-513.
+<6> See the introduction.
+
+His first arrival--for what passed on the voyage is not for
+us to speak of--was like a peacock, with great state and
+pomp. The declaration of His Honor, that he wished to stay
+here only three years, with other haughty expressions, caused
+some to think that he would not be a father. The appellation
+of Lord General,<1> and similar titles, were never before
+known here. Almost every day he caused proclamations of
+various import to be published, which were for the most part
+never observed, and have long since been a dead letter,
+except the wine excise, as that yielded a profit. The
+proceedings of the Eight Men, especially against Jochem Pietersz
+Cuyffer and Cornelis Molyn, happened in the beginning of his
+administration. The Director showed himself so one-sided in
+them, that he gave reason to many to judge of his character,
+yet little to his advantage. Every one clearly saw that
+Director Kieft had more favor, aid and counsel in his suit
+than his adversary, and that the one Director was the advocate
+of the other as the language of Director Stuyvesant imported
+and signified when he said, "These churls may hereafter
+endeavor to knock me down also, but I will manage it so now,
+that they will have their bellies full for the future." How
+it was managed, the result of the lawsuit can bear witness.
+They were compelled to pay fines, and were cruelly banished.
+In order that nothing should be wanting, Cornelis Molyn, when
+he asked for mercy, till it should be seen how his matters
+would turn out in the Fatherland, was threatened in language
+like this, as Molyn, who is still living, himself declares,
+"If I knew, Molyn, that you would divulge our sentence, or
+bring it before Their High Mightinesses, I would cause you
+to be hung immediately on the highest tree in New-Netherland."
+Now this took place in private, and may be denied--and ought
+not to be true, but what does it matter, it is so confirmed
+by similar cases that it cannot be doubted. For, some time
+after their departure, in the house of the minister, where
+the consistory<2> had been sitting and had risen, it happened
+that one Arnoldus van Herdenbergh related the proceedings
+relative to the estate of Zeger Teunisz, and how he himself
+as curator had appealed from the sentence; whereupon the
+Director, who had been sitting there with them as an elder,
+interrupted him and replied, "It may during my administration
+be contemplated to appeal, but if any one should do it, I
+will make him a foot shorter, and send the pieces to Holland,
+and let him appeal in that way." Oh cruel words! what more
+could even a sovereign do? And yet this is all firmly
+established; for after Jochem Pieterz Cuyffer and Cornelis
+Molyn went to the Fatherland to prosecute their appeal, and
+letters came back here from them, and the report was that
+their appeal was granted, or would be granted, the Director
+declared openly at various times and on many occasions, as
+well before inhabitants as strangers, when speaking of
+Jochem Pietersz Cuyter and Cornelis Molyn, "Even if they
+should come back cleared and bring an order of the States,
+no matter what its contents, unless their High Mightinesses
+summon me, I should immediately send them back." His Honor
+has also always denied that any appeal was or could be taken
+in this country, and declared that he was able to show this
+conclusively. And as some were not willing to believe it,
+especially in matters against the Company or their chief
+officers, a great deal which had been sought out in every
+direction was cited, and really not much to the purpose.
+At the first, while Director Kieft was still here, the
+English minister,<3> as he had long continued to service
+without proper support and as land was now confiscated,
+prayed that he might be permitted to proceed to the Islands,<4>
+or to the Netherlands; but an unfavorable answer was always
+given him, and he was threatened with this and that; finally
+it resulted in permission to leave, provided he gave a promise
+under his hand, that he would not in any place in which he
+should come, speak or complain of what had befallen him here
+in New Netherland under Director Kieft or Stuyvesant. This
+the man himself declares. Mr. Dincklagen and Captain Loper,<5>
+who then had seats in the council, also say that this is true.
+One wonders, if the Directors act rightly according to their
+own consciences, what they wished to do with such certificates,
+and others like them, which were secretly obtained. The
+Honorable Director began also at the first to argue very
+stoutly against the contraband trade, as was indeed very
+laudable, provided the object was to regulate the matter and
+to keep the law enforced; yet this trade, forbidden to others,
+he himself wished to carry on; but to this the people were not
+willing to consent. His Honor said, and openly asserted, that
+he was allowed, on behalf of the Company, to sell powder, lead
+and guns to the Indians, but no one else could do so, and that
+he wished to carry their resolution into execution. What the
+resolution of the Company amounts to, is unknown to us,<6> but
+what relates to the act is notorious to every inhabitant; as
+the Director has by his servants openly carried on the trade
+with the Indians, and has taken guns from free men who had
+brought with them one or two for their own use and amusement,
+paying for them according to his own pleasure, and selling
+them to the Indians. But this way of proceeding could amount
+to nothing, and made little progress. Another plan was
+necessary, and therefore a merchant, Gerrit Vastrick, received
+orders to bring with him one case of guns which is known of,
+for the purpose, as it was said, of supplying the Indians
+sparingly. They set about with this case of guns so openly,
+that there was not a man on the Manathans but knew it; and it
+was work enough to quiet the people. Everybody made his own
+comment; and, as it was observed that the ship was not inspected
+as others had been before, it was presumed that there were many
+more guns, besides powder and lead, in it for the Governor; but
+as the first did not succeed, silence was therefore observed in
+regard to the rest; and it might have passed unnoticed, had not
+every one perceived what a great door for abuse and opportunity
+the Director so opened to all others, and to the captain and
+merchant, who were celebrated for this of old, and who were now
+said to have brought with them a great number of guns, which
+was the more believed, because they went to the right place,
+and on their return were dumb as to what they did. This begat
+so much discontent among the common people, and even among
+other officers, that it is not to be expressed; and had the
+people not been persuaded and held back, something extraordinary
+would have happened. It was further declared that the Director
+is everything, and does the business of the whole country,
+having several shops himself; that he is a brewer and has
+breweries, is a part owner of ships, a merchant and a trader,
+as well in lawful as contraband articles. But he does not mind;
+he exhibits the orders of the Managers that he might do so, and
+says moreover that he should receive a supply of powder and lead
+by the Falconer for the purpose. In a word, the same person
+who interdicts the trade to others upon pain of death, carries
+it on both secretly and openly, and desires, contrary to good
+rules, that his example be not followed, and if others do
+follow it--which indeed too often happens secretly--that they
+be taken to the gallows. This we have seen in the case of
+Jacob Reyntgen and Jacob van Schermerhoren, against whom the
+penalty of death was asked, which the Director was with great
+difficulty persuaded to withdraw, and who were then banished
+as felons and their goods confiscated.<7> The banishment was,
+by the intervention of many good men, afterwards revoked, but
+their goods, which amounted to much (as they were Scotch
+merchants<8>), remained confiscated. We cannot pass by
+relating here what happened to one Joost Theunisz Backer, as
+he has complained to us of being greatly maltreated, as he
+in fact was. For the man being a reputable burgher, of good
+life and moderate means, was put in prison upon the declaration
+of an officer of the Company, who, according to the General and
+Council, had himself thrice well deserved the gallows, and for
+whom a new one even had been made, from which, out of mercy,
+he escaped. Charges were sought out on every side, and finally,
+when nothing could be established against him having the
+semblance of crime, he was released again, after thirteen days
+confinement, upon satisfactory bail for his appearance in case
+the fiscaal should find anything against him. Nothing has as
+yet been done about it. After the year and a day had passed
+by, we have, as representatives of the commonalty, and upon
+his request, legally solicited, as his sureties were troubling
+him, that the suit should be tried, so that he might be punished
+according to his deserts if he were guilty, and if not, that
+he might be discharged. But there was nothing gained by our
+interposition, as we were answered with reproachful language,
+and the fiscaal was permitted to rattle out anything that came
+in his mouth, and the man was rendered odious beyond all
+precedent, and abused before all as a foul monster. Asked he
+anything, even if it were all right, he received angry and
+abusive language, his request was not complied with, and justice
+was denied him. These things produce great dissatisfaction,
+and lead some to meditate leaving the country. It happened
+better with one Pieter vander Linden, as he was not imprisoned.
+There are many others, for the most of them are disturbed and
+would speak if they durst. Now the Company itself carries on
+the forbidden trade, the people think that they too can do so
+without guilt, if they can do so without damage; and this
+causes smuggling and frauds to an incredible extent, though
+not so great this year as heretofore. The publishing of a
+placard that those who were guilty, whether civilly or
+criminally, in New England, might have passport and protection
+here, has very much embittered the minds of the English, and
+has been considered by every one fraught with bad consequences.
+Great distrust has also been created among the inhabitants on
+account of Heer Stuyvesant being so ready to confiscate. There
+scarcely comes a ship in or near here, which, if it do not
+belong to friends, is not regarded as a prize by him. Though
+little comes of it, great claims are made to come from these
+matters, about which we will not dispute; but confiscating has
+come to such repute in New Netherland, that nobody anywise
+conspicuous considers his property to be really safe. It were
+well if the report of this thing were confined to this country;
+but it has spread among the neighboring English--north and
+south--and in the West Indies and Caribbee Islands. Everywhere
+there, the report is so bad, that not a ship dare come hither
+from those places; and good credible people who come from
+thence, by the way of Boston, and others here trading at Boston,
+assure us that more than twenty-five ships would come here from
+those islands every year if the owners were not fearful of
+confiscation. It is true of these places only and the report
+of it flies everywhere, and produces like fear, so that this
+vulture is destroying the prosperity of New Netherland,
+diverting its trade, and making the people discouraged, for
+other places not so well situated as this, have more shipping.
+All the permanent inhabitants, the merchant, the burgher and
+peasant, the planter, the laboring man, and also the man in
+service, suffer great injury in consequence; for if the
+shipping were abundant, everything would be sold cheaper, and
+necessaries be more easily obtained than they are now, whether
+they be such as the people themselves, by God's blessing, get
+out of the earth, or those they otherwise procure, and be sold
+better and with more profit; and people and freedom would bring
+trade. New England is a clear example that this policy succeeds
+well, and so especially is Virginia. All the debts and claims
+which were left uncollected by Director Kieft--due for the most
+part from poor and indigent people who had nothing, and whose
+property was destroyed by the war, by which they were compelled
+to abandon their houses, lands, cattle and other means--were
+now demanded; and when the people declared that they were not
+able to pay--that they had lost their property by the war, and
+asked My Lord to please have patience, they were repulsed. A
+resolution was adopted and actually put into execution,
+requiring those who did not satisfy the Company's debts, to
+pay interest; but the debts in question were made in and by
+the war, and the people are not able to pay either principal
+or interest. Again, the just debts which Director Kieft left
+behind, due from the Company, whether they consisted of monthly
+wages, or were for grain delivered, or were otherwise lawfully
+contracted, these the Director will not pay. If we oppose this
+as an unusual course, we are rebuked and it has to be so. We
+have by petition and proper remonstrance effected, however, so
+much, that the collection of the debts is put off for a time.
+
+<1> Myn Heer Generael is hardly what would be meant in English
+by "Lord General"; it is most like Fr. Monsieur le General.
+<2> The church session, in the Reformed Church, consisting of
+minister, elders and deacons.
+<3> Francis Doughty.
+<4> The West Indies.
+<5> Jacob Loper, a Swedish naval captain in the Dutch service,
+who had married the eldest daughter of Cornelis Molyn.
+<6> Mr. Murphy quotes an apposite passage from a letter which
+the company had written to Stuyvesant on April 7, 1648: "As
+they [the Indians] urge it with such earnestness, that they
+would rather renew the war with us than be without these
+articles, and as a war with them, in our present situation,
+would be very unwelcome, we think the best policy is to
+furnish them with powder and ball but with a sparing hand."
+<7> These sentences were imposed in July, 1648.
+<8> Peddlers.
+
+Besides this, the country of the Company is so taxed, and is
+burdened and kept down in such a manner, that the inhabitants
+are not able to appear beside their neighbors of Virginia or
+New England, or to undertake any enterprise. It seems--and
+so far as is known by us all the inhabitants of New Netherland
+declare--that the Managers have scarce any care or regard for
+New Netherland, except when there is something to receive, for
+which reason, however, they receive less. The great extremity
+of war in which we have been, clearly demonstrates that the
+Managers have not cared whether New Netherland sank or swam;
+for when in that emergency aid and assistance were sought from
+them--which they indeed were bound by honor and by promises
+to grant, unsolicited, pursuant to the Exemptions--they have
+never established any good order or regulation concerning it,
+although (after all) such a thing had been decreed and commanded
+by Their High Mightinesses. Neither have they ever allowed the
+true causes and reasons of the war to be investigated, nor have
+they attempted to punish those who had rashly begun it. Hence
+no little suspicion that it was undertaken by their orders; at
+least it is certain that their officers were chosen more from
+favor and friendship than merit, which did not make their
+matters go on better. But this is the loss and damage for the
+most part of the stockholders. Many of the others doubtless
+knew well their objects. In a word, they come far short in
+affording that protection which they owe the country, for
+there is nothing of the kind. They understand how to impose
+taxes, for while they promised in the Exemptions not to go
+above five per cent., they now take sixteen. It is a common
+saying that a half difference is a great difference, but that
+is nothing in comparison with this. The evasions and objections
+which are used by them, as regards merchants' goods, smuggling
+and many other things, and which the times have taught them,
+in order to give color to their acts, are of no force or
+consideration. They however are not now to be refuted, as it
+would take too long; though we stand ready to do so if there
+be any necessity for it. These and innumerable other
+difficulties, which we have not time to express, exist, tending
+to the damage, injury and ruin of the country. If the
+inhabitants or we ourselves go to the Director or other
+officers of the Company, and speak of the flourishing condition
+of our neighbors, and complain of our own desolate and ruinous
+state, we get no other answer from them than that they see and
+observe it, but cannot remedy it, as they follow the Company's
+orders, which they are compelled to do, and that if we have
+any thing to say, we must petition their masters, the Managers,
+or Their High Mightinesses, which in truth we have judged to
+be necessary. It is now more than a year since the commons-
+men deemed it expedient, and proposed, to send a deputation
+to Their High Mightinesses. The Director commended the project
+and not only assented to it but urged it strongly. It was put
+well in the mill, so that we had already spoken of a person to
+go, but it fell through for these reasons: When it was proposed,
+the Director desired that we should consult and act according
+to his wishes; which some who perceived the object would not
+consent to, and the matter therefore fell asleep. Besides,
+the English, who had been depended upon and who were associated
+in the affair, withdrew till the necessity of action became
+greater, and the Nine Men were changed the next year,<1> when
+Herr Stuyvesant again urged the matter strongly, and declared
+that he had already written to the Company that such persons
+would come. After the election of the Nine Men, and before
+the new incumbents were sworn in, it was determined and resolved
+verbally, that they would proceed with the deputation, whatever
+should be the consequences; but it remained some time before
+the oath was renewed, on account of some amplification of the
+commission being necessary, which was finally given and recorded
+and signed; but we have never been able to obtain an authentic
+copy of it, although the Director has frequently promised and
+we have frequently applied for it.
+
+<1> December, 1648.
+
+As the Company had now been waited upon a long while in vain,
+promising amendment from time to time but going on worse, a
+determined resolution was taken by the commons-men to send
+some person. They made their intention known to the Director,
+and requested that they might confer with the commonalty; but
+their proposition was not well received, and they obtained in
+reply to their written petition a very long apostil, to the
+effect, that consultation must be had with the Director, and
+his instructions followed, with many other things which did
+not agree with out object, and were impracticable, as we think.
+For various reasons which we set down in writing, we thought it
+was not advisable to consult with him, but we represented to
+his Honor that he should proceed; we would not send anything to
+the Fatherland without his having a copy of it. If he could
+then justify himself, we should be glad he should; but to be
+expected to follow his directions in this matter was not, we
+thought, founded in reason, but directly antagonistic to the
+welfare of the country. We had also never promised or agreed
+to do so; and were bound by an oath to seek the prosperity of
+the country, as, according to our best knowledge, we are
+always inclined to do.
+
+In the above mentioned apostil it says, if we read rightly,
+that we should inquire what approbation the commonalty were
+willing to give to this business, and how the expense should
+be defrayed; but the Director explained it differently from
+what we understood it. Now as his Honor was not willing to
+convene the people however urgent our request, or that we
+should do it, we went round from house to house and spoke to
+the commonalty. The General has, from that time, burned with
+rage, and, if we can judge, has never been effectually appeased
+since, although we did not know but that we had followed his
+order herein. Nevertheless it was perceived that the Nine
+Men would not communicate with him or follow his directions
+in anything pertaining to the matter. This excited in him a
+bitter and unconquerable hatred against them all, but
+principally against those whom he supposed to be the chief
+authors of it; and although these persons had been good and
+dear friends with him always, and he, shortly before, had
+regarded them as the most honorable, able, intelligent and
+pious men of the country, yet as soon as they did not follow
+the General's wishes they were this and that, some of them
+rascals, liars, rebels, usurers and spendthrifts, in a word,
+hanging was almost too good for them. It had been previously
+strongly urged that the deputation should be expedited, but
+then [he said] there was still six months time, and that all
+that was proper and necessary could be put upon a sheet of
+paper. Many reports also were spread among the people, and it
+was sought principally by means of the English to prevent the
+college of the Nine Men from doing anything; but as these
+intrigues were discovered, and it was therefore manifest that
+this could not be effected, so in order to make a diversion,
+many suits were brought against those who were considered the
+ringleaders. They were accused and then prosecuted by the
+fiscaal and other suborned officers, who made them out to be
+the greatest villains in the country, where shortly before
+they had been known as the best people and dearest children.
+At this time an opportunity presented itself, which the
+Director was as glad to have, at least as he himself said, as
+his own life. At the beginning of the year 1649, clearly
+perceiving that we would not only have much to do about the
+deputation but would hardly be able to accomplish it, we
+deemed it necessary to make regular memoranda for the purpose
+of furnishing a journal from them at the proper time. This
+duty was committed to one Adriaen vander Donck, who by a
+resolution adopted at the same time was lodged in a chamber
+at the house of one Michael Jansz. The General on a certain
+occasion when Vander Donck was out of the chamber, seized this
+rough draft with his own hands, put Vander Donck the day after
+in jail, called together the great Council, accused him of
+having committed crimen laesae majestatis, and took up the
+matter so warmly, that there was no help for it but either
+the remonstrance must be drawn up in concert with him (and
+it was yet to be written,) or else the journal--as Mine Heer
+styled the rough draft from which the journal was to be
+prepared--was of itself sufficient excuse for action; for
+Mine Heer said there were great calumnies in it against Their
+High Mightinesses, and when we wished to explain it and asked
+for it, to correct the errors, (as the writer did not wish to
+insist upon it and said he knew well that there were mistakes
+in it, arising from haste and other similar causes, in
+consequence of his having had much to do and not having read
+over again the most of it,) our request was called a libel
+which was worthy of no answer, and the writer of which it
+was intended to punish as an example to others. In fine we
+could not make it right in any way. He forbade Vander Donck
+the council and also our meetings, and gave us formal notice
+to that effect, and yet would not release him from his oath.
+Then to avoid the proper mode of proof, he issued a proclamation
+declaring that no testimony or other act should be valid unless
+it were written by the secretary, who is of service to nobody,
+but on the contrary causes every one to complain that nothing
+can be done. Director Kieft had done the same thing when he
+was apprehensive that an attestation would be executed against
+him. And so it is their practice generally to do everything
+they can think of in order to uphold their conduct. Those
+whose offices required them to concern themselves with the
+affairs of the country, and did so, did well, if they went
+according to the General's will and pleasure; if they did not,
+they were prosecuted and thrown into prison, guarded by soldiers
+so that they could not speak with any body, angrily abused as
+vile monsters, threatened to be taught this and that, and
+everything done against them that he could contrive or invent.
+We cannot enter into details, but refer to the record kept of
+these things, and the documents which the Director himself is
+to furnish. From the foregoing relation Their High Mightinesses,
+and others interested who may see it, can well imagine what
+labor and burdens we have had upon our shoulders from which we
+would very willingly have escaped, but for love of the country
+and of truth, which, as far as we know, has long lain buried.
+The trouble and difficulty which do or will affect us, although
+wanting no addition, do not grieve us so much as the sorrowful
+condition of New Netherland, now lying at its last gasp; but
+we hope and trust that our afflictions and the sufferings of
+the inhabitants and people of the country will awaken in Their
+High Mightinesses a compassion which will be a cause of rejoicing
+to New Netherland.
+
+
+In what Manner New Netherland should be Redressed.
+
+Although we are well assured and know, in regard to the mode of
+redress of the country, we are only children, and Their High
+Mightinesses are entirely competent, we nevertheless pray that
+they overlook our presumption and pardon us if we make some
+suggestions according to our slight understanding thereof, in
+addition to what we have considered necessary in our petition
+to Their High Mightinesses.
+
+In our opinion this country will never flourish under the
+government of the Honorable Company, but will pass away and
+come to an end of itself without benefiting thereby the Honorable
+Company, so that it would be better and more profitable for them,
+and better for the country, that they should divest themselves
+of it and transfer their interests.
+
+To speak specifically. Provision ought to be made for public
+buildings, as well ecclesiastical as civil, which, in beginnings,
+can be ill dispensed with. It is doubtful whether divine worship
+will not have to cease altogether in consequence of the departure
+of the minister, and the inability of the Company. There should
+be a public school, provided with at least two good masters, so
+that first of all in so wild a country, where there are many
+loose people, the youth be well taught and brought up, not only
+in reading and writing, but also in the knowledge and fear of
+the Lord. As it is now, the school is kept very irregularly,
+one and another keeping it according to his pleasure and as long
+as he thinks proper. There ought also to be an almshouse and an
+orphan asylum, and other similar institutions. The minister who
+now goes home,<1> should be able to give a much fuller explanation
+thereof. The country must also be provided with godly, honorable
+and intelligent rulers who are not too indigent, or indeed are
+not too covetous. A covetous chief makes poor subjects. The
+manner the country is now governed falls severely upon it, and
+is intolerable, for nobody is unmolested or secure in his property
+longer than the Director pleases, who is generally strongly
+inclined to confiscating; and although one does well, and gives
+the Heer what is due to him, one must still study always to
+please him if he would have quiet. A large population would be
+the consequence of a good government, as we have shown according
+to our knowledge in our petition; and although to give free
+passage and equip ships, if it be necessary, would be expensive
+at first, yet if the result be considered, it would be an
+exceedingly wise measure, if by that means farmers and laborers
+together with other needy people were brought into the country,
+with the little property which they have; as also the Fatherland
+has enough of such people to spare. We hope it would then
+prosper, especially as good privileges and exemptions, which we
+regard as the mother of population, would encourage the
+inhabitants to carry on commerce and lawful trade. Every one
+would be allured hither by the pleasantness, situation, salubrity
+and fruitfulness of the country, if protection were secured
+within the already established boundaries. It would all, with
+God's assistance, then, according to human judgment, go well,
+and New Netherland would in a few years be a worthy place and
+be able to do service to the Netherland nation, to repay richly
+the cost, and to thank its benefactors.
+
+<1> Reverend Johannes Backerus.
+
+High Mighty Lords! We have had the boldness to write this
+remonstrance, and to represent matters as we have done from
+love of the truth, and because we felt ourselves obliged to
+do so by our oath and conscience. It is true that we have not
+all of us at one time or together seen, heard and met with
+every detail of its entire contents. Nevertheless there is
+nothing in it but what is well known by some of us to be true
+and certain;--the most is known by all of us to be true. We
+hope Their High Mightinesses will pardon our presumption and be
+charitable with our plainness of style, composition and method.
+In conclusion we commit Their High Mightinesses, their persons,
+deliberations and measures and their people, at home and abroad,
+together with all the friends of New Netherland, to the merciful
+guidance and protection of the Most High, whom we supplicate
+for Their High Mightinesses' present and eternal welfare. Amen.
+
+Done this 28th of July in New Netherland, subscribed, "ADRIAEN
+VANDER DONCK, AUGUSTIJN HERMANSZ, ARNOLDUS VAN HARDENBERGH,
+JACOB VAN COUWENHOVEN, OLOFF STEVENSZ" (by whose name was
+written "Under protest--obliged to sign about the government
+of the Heer Kieft"), "MICHIEL JANSZ, THOMAS HAL, ELBERT ELBERTSZ,
+GOVERT LOKERMANS, HENDRICK HENDRICKSZ KIP and JAN EVERTSBOUT."
+Below was written, "After collation with the original remonstrance,
+dated and subscribed as above, with which these are found to
+correspond, at the Hague, the 13th October, 1649, by me;" and was
+subscribed,
+
+"D. v. SCHELLUYNEN, Notary Public."
+
+
+
+
+END PROJECT GUTENBERG ETEXT "REPRESENTATION OF NEW NETHERLAND"
+
+
+
+
+
+BEGIN PROJECT GUTENBERG ETEXT "VAN TIENHOVEN'S ANSWER"
+
+
+
+
+
+Reference material and sources.
+
+Cornelius Van Tienhoven, Answer to The Representation of New
+Netherland, 1650. In J. Franklin Jameson, ed.,
+Narratives of New Netherland, 1609-1664 (Original
+Narratives of Early American History). NY: Charles
+Scribner's Sons, 1909.
+
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+The origin and value of the following document have been
+sufficiently described in the introduction to that which
+precedes. Cornelis van Tienhoven, secretary of the province
+under Kieft and Stuyvesant, had been sent by the latter to
+Holland to counteract the efforts of the three emissaries
+whom the commonalty had sent thither to denounce the existing
+system of government. Working in close co-operation with the
+Amsterdam Chamber of the West India Company, he played a
+skilful game, and succeeded in delaying and in part averting
+hostile action on the part of the States General. The piece
+which follows is his chief defensive recital of the acts of
+the administration, and as such has much value.
+
+Van Tienhoven had the reputation of a libertine, and conducted
+himself as such while in Holland, finally escaping to New
+Netherland in 1651 with a girl whom he had deceived, though he
+had a wife in the province. Yet Stuyvesant retained him in
+his favor, promoted him in 1652 to be schout-fiscaal of New
+Netherland, and used him as his chief assistant. After a
+disastrous outbreak, however, understood to have been caused
+by his advice, the Company ordered Stuyvesant to exclude him
+from office; and presently Van Tienhoven and his brother, a
+fraudulent receiver-general, absconded from the province.
+
+The manuscript of Van Tienhoven's _Answer_ was found by
+Brodhead in the archives of the Netherlands, and is still
+there. Two translations of it, differing but slightly, have
+been printed, the first in 1849 by Henry C. Murphy, in the
+_Collections of the New York Historical Society_, second series,
+II. 329-338, the other in the _Documents relating to the
+Colonial History of New York, I. 422-432. The former, revised
+by comparison with the original manuscript at the Hague by
+Professor William I. Hull, of Swarthmore College, appears in
+the following pages.
+
+
+
+ANSWER TO THE REPRESENTATION OF NEW NETHERLAND, BY CORNELIS
+VAN TIENHOVEN, 1650
+
+A Brief Statement or Answer to some Points embraced in the
+Written Deduction of Adrian van der Donk and his Associates,
+presented to the High and Mighty Lords States General.
+Prepared by Cornelis van Tienhoven, Secretary of the Director
+and Council of New Netherland.
+
+
+IN order to present the aforesaid answer succinctly, he, Van
+Tienhoven, will allege not only that it ill becomes the
+aforesaid Van her Donk and other private persons to assail
+and abuse the administration of the Managers in this country,
+and that of their Governors there,<1> in such harsh and general
+terms, but that they would much better discharge their duty if
+they were first to bring to the notice of their lords and
+patrons what they had to complain of. But passing by this
+point, and leaving the consideration thereof to the discretion
+of your High Mightinesses, he observes preliminary and generally,
+that it could as easily and with more truth be denied, than by
+them it is odiously affirmed.
+
+<1> In New Netherland. Van Tienhoven prepared this answer in
+Holland.
+
+Coming then to the matter, I will only touch upon those points
+as to which either the Managers or the Directors are arraigned.
+In regard to point No. 1, I deny, and it never will appear,
+that the Company have refused to permit our people to make
+settlements in the country, and allow foreigners to take up
+the land.
+
+The policy of the Company to act on the defensive, since they
+had not the power to resist their pretended friends, and could
+only protect their rights by protest, was better and more prudent
+than to come to hostilities.
+
+Trade has long been free to every one, and as profitable as
+ever. Nobody's goods were confiscated, except those who had
+violated their contract, or the order by which they were bound;
+and if anybody thinks that injustice has been done him by
+confiscation, he can speak for himself. At all events it does
+not concern these people.
+
+As for their complaining that the Christians are treated like
+the Indians in the sale of goods, this is admitted; but this
+was not done by the Company, nor by the Directors, because (God
+help them) they have not had anything there to sell for many
+years. Most of the remonstrants, being merchants or factors,
+are themselves the cause of this, since they are the persons
+who, for those articles which cost here one hundred guilders,
+charge there, over and above the first cost, including insurance,
+duties, laborer's wages, freight, etc., one and two hundred
+per cent. or more profit. Here can be seen at once how these
+people lay to the charge of the Managers and their officers the
+very fault which they themselves commit. They can never show,
+even at the time the Company had their shop and magazines there
+well supplied, that the goods were sold at more than fifty per
+cent. profit, in conformity with the Exemptions. The forestalling
+of the goods by one and another, and their trying to get this
+profit, cannot be prevented by the Director, the more so as the
+trade was thrown open to both those of small and those of large
+means.
+
+It is a pure calumny, that the Company had ordered half a fault
+to be reckoned for a whole one.
+
+And, as it does not concern the inhabitants what instructions
+or orders the patroon gives to his chief agent, the charge is
+made for the purpose of making trouble. For these people would
+like to live without being subject to any one's censure or
+discipline, which, however, they stand doubly in need of.
+
+Again it is said in general terms, but wherein, should be
+specified and proven, that the Director exercises and has
+usurped sovereign power.
+
+That the inhabitants have had need of the Directors appears by
+the books of accounts, in which it can be seen that the Company
+has assisted all the freemen (some few excepted) with clothing,
+provisions and other things, and in the erection of houses, and
+this at the rate of fifty per cent. advance above the actual
+cost in the Fatherland, which is not yet paid. And they would
+gladly, by means of complaints, drive the Company from the
+land, and pay nothing.
+
+It is ridiculous to suppose Director Kieft should have said
+that he was sovereign, like the Prince in the Fatherland; but
+as relates to the denial of appeal to the Fatherland, it arose
+from this, that, in the Exemptions, the Island of the Manhatans
+was reserved as the capital of New Netherland, and all the
+adjacent colonies were to have their appeal to it as the Supreme
+Court of that region.<1>
+
+<1> Art. XX.
+
+Besides, it is to be remarked, that the patroon of the colony
+of Renselaerswyck notified all the inhabitants not to appeal
+to the Manhatans, which was contrary to the Exemptions, by
+which the colonies are bound to make a yearly report of the
+state of the colony, and of the administration of justice, to
+the Director and Council on the Manhatans.<1>
+
+<1> Art. XXVIII.
+
+The Directors have never had any management of, or meddled
+with, church property. And it is not known, nor can it be
+proven, that any one of the inhabitants of New Netherland has
+contributed or given, either voluntarily or upon solicitation,
+anything for the erection of an orphan asylum or an almshouse.
+It is true that the church standing in the fort was built in
+the time of William Kieft, and 1,800 guilders were subscribed
+for the purpose, for which most of the subscribers have been
+charged in their accounts, which have not yet been paid. The
+Company in the meantime has disbursed the money, so that the
+Commonalty (with a few exceptions) has not, but the Company
+Has, paid the workmen. If the commonalty desire such works
+As the aforesaid, they must contribute towards them as is
+Done in this country, and, if there were an orphan asylum and
+Almshouse, there should be rents not only to keep up the house,
+But also to maintain the orphans and old people.
+
+If any one could show that by will, or by donation of a living
+person, any money, or moveable or immoveable property, has been
+bestowed for such or any other public work, the remonstrants
+would have done it; but there is in New Netherland no instance
+of the kind, and the charge is spoken or written in anger.
+When the church which is in the fort was to be built, the
+Churchwardens were content it should be put there. These
+persons complain because they considered the Company's fort
+not worthy of a church. Before the church was built, the
+grist-mill could not grind with a southeast wind, because the
+wind was shut off by the walls of the fort.
+
+Although the new school, towards which the commonalty has
+contributed something, is not yet built, the Director has no
+management of the money, but the churchwardens have, and the
+Director is busy in providing materials. In the mean time a
+place has been selected for a school, where the school is
+kept by Jan Cornelissen. The other schoolmasters keep school
+in hired houses, so that the youth, considering the circumstances
+of the country, are not in want of schools. It is true there
+is no Latin school or academy, but if the commonalty desire it,
+they can furnish the means and attempt it.
+
+As to what concerns the deacons' or poor fund, the deacons
+are accountable, and are the persons to be inquired of, as
+to where the money is invested, which they have from time to
+time put out at interest; and as the Director has never had
+the management of it, (as against common usage), the deacons
+are responsible for it, and not the director. It is true
+Director Kieft being distressed for money, had a box hung in
+his house, of which the deacons had one key, and in which all
+the small fines and penalties which were incurred on court
+day were dropped. With the consent of the deacons he opened
+it, and took on interest the money, which amounted to a pretty
+sum.
+
+It is admitted, that the beer excise was imposed by William
+Kieft, and the wine excise by Peter Stuyvesant, and that they
+continued to be collected up to the time of my leaving there;
+but it is to be observed here, that the memorialists have no
+reason to complain about it, for the merchant, burgher, farmer
+and all others (tapsters only excepted), can lay in as much
+beer and wine as they please without paying any excise, being
+only bound to give an account of it in order that the quantity
+may be ascertained. The tapsters pay three guilders for each
+tun of beer and one stiver for each can of wine,<1> which they
+get back again from their daily visitors and the travellers
+from New England, Virginia and elsewhere.
+
+<1> The stiver was the twentieth part of a gulden or guilder,
+and equivalent to two cents, the guilder being equivalent to
+forty cents.
+
+The commonalty up to that time were burdened with no other
+local taxes than the before mentioned excise, unless the
+voluntary gift which was employed two years since for the
+continuation of the building of the church, be considered
+a tax, of which Jacob Couwenhoven,<1> who is one of the
+churchwardens, will be able to give an account.
+
+<1> Couwenhoven, it will be remembered, was one of the
+delegates from the commonalty then in Holland.
+
+In New England there are no taxes or duties imposed upon goods
+exported or imported; but every person's wealth is there
+appraised by the government, and he must pay for the following,
+according to his wealth and the assessment by the magistrates:
+for the building and repairing of churches, and the support
+of the ministers; for the building of schoolhouses, and the
+support of schoolmasters; for all city and village improvements,
+and the making and keeping in repair all public roads and
+paths, which are there made many miles into the country, so
+that they can be used by horses and carriages, and journeys
+made from one place to another; for constructing and keeping
+up all bridges over the rivers at the crossings; for the
+building of inns for travellers, and for the maintenance of
+governors, magistrates, marshals and officers of justice, and
+of majors, captains and other officers of the militia.
+
+In every province of New England there is quarterly a general
+assembly of all the magistrates of such province;<1> and there
+is yearly a general convention of all the provinces, each of
+which sends one deputy with his suite, which convention lasts
+a long time. All their travelling expenses, board and
+compensation are there raised from the people. The poor-rates
+are an additional charge.
+
+<1> A loose statement, only so far correct, that each New
+England colony had several sessions of its magistrates each
+year, sometimes monthly sessions, while their legislative
+assemblies ("general courts") were commonly held more than
+once a year. Van Tienhoven's general contention is correct,
+that government in New England was far more elaborate and
+expensive than in New Netherland; but New England had in 1650
+a population of about 30,000, New Netherland hardly more than
+3,000. The annual meeting mentioned in the next sentence is
+that of the Commissioners of the United Colonies, in which,
+however, each colony was represented by two deputies, not one.
+
+The accounts will show what was the amount of recognitions
+collected annually in Kieft's time; but it will not appear
+that it was as large by far as they say the people were
+compelled to pay. This is not the Company's fault, nor the
+Directors', but of those who charge one, two and three hundred
+per cent. profit, which the people are compelled to pay
+because there are few tradesmen.
+
+It will not appear, either now or in the future, that 30,000
+guilders were collected from the commonalty in Stuyvesant's
+time; for nothing is received besides the beer and wine
+excise, which amounts to about 4,000 guilders a year on the
+Manhatans. From the other villages situated around it there
+is little or nothing collected, because there are no tapsters,
+except one at the Ferry,<1> and one at Flushing.
+
+<1> The hamlet on the East River opposite Manhattan; the
+village of Bruekelen stood a mile east of the river.
+
+If anything has been confiscated, it did not belong to the
+commonalty, but was contraband goods imported from abroad;
+and nobody's goods are confiscated without good cause.
+
+The question is whether the Honorable Company or the Directors
+are bound to construct any works for the commonalty out of
+the recognition which the trader pays in New Netherland for
+goods exported, especially as those duties were allowed to
+the Company by Their High Mightinesses for the establishment
+of garrisons, and the expenses which they must thereby incur,
+and not for the construction of poor-houses, orphan asylums,
+or even churches and school-houses, for the commonalty.
+
+The charge that the property of the Company is neglected in
+order to procure assistance from friends, cannot be sustained
+by proof.
+
+The provisions obtained for the negroes from Tamandare were
+sent to Curacao, except a portion consumed on the Manhatans,
+as the accounts will show; but all these are mattes which do
+not concern these persons, especially as they are not
+accountable for them.
+
+As to the freemen's contracts which the Director graciously
+granted the negroes who were the Company's slaves, in
+consequence of their long service: freedom was given to them
+on condition that their children should remain slaves, who
+are not treated otherwise than as Christians. At present
+there are only three of these children who do any service.
+One of them is at the House of Hope,<1> one at the Company's
+Bouwery, and one with Martin Crigier, who has brought the
+girl up well, as everybody knows.
+
+<1> Near Hartford, Connecticut. The company's bouwery, or
+farm, next mentioned, was the tract extending between the
+lines of Fulton and Chambers Streets, Broadway and the North
+River. Martin Cregier was captain of the militia company.
+
+That the Heer Stuyvesant should build up, alter and repair
+the Company's property was his duty. For the consequent loss
+or profit he will answer to the Company.
+
+The burghers upon the island of Manhatans and thereabouts
+must know that nobody comes or is admitted to New Netherland
+(being a conquest) except upon this condition, that he shall
+have nothing to say, and shall acknowledge himself under the
+sovereignty of Their High Mightinesses the States General and
+the Lords Managers, as his lords and patrons, and shall be
+obedient to the Director and Council for the time being, as
+good subjects are bound to be.
+
+Who are they who have complained about the haughtiness of
+Stuyvesant? I think they are such as seek to live without
+law or rule.
+
+Their complaint that no regulation was made in relation to
+sewan is untrue. During the time of Director Kieft good
+sewan passed at four for a stiver, and the loose bits were
+fixed at six pieces for a stiver.<1> The reason why the
+loose sewan was not prohibited, was because there is no coin
+in circulation, and the laborers, farmers, and other common
+people having no other money, would be great losers; and had
+it been done, the remonstrants would, without doubt, have
+included it among their grievances.
+
+<1> Kieft's regulation was adopted April 16, 1641. In
+Connecticut and Massachusetts, in 1640 ad 1641, the legal
+valuations varied from four beads to the penny (or stiver)
+to six beads.
+
+Nobody can prove that Director Stuyvesant has used foul
+language to, or railed at as clowns, any persons or
+respectability who have treated him decently. It may be
+that some profligate has given the Director, if he used any
+bad words to him, cause to do so.
+
+That the fort is not properly repaired does not concern the
+inhabitants. It is not their domain, but the Company's. They
+are willing to be protected by good forts and garrisons
+belonging to the Company without furnishing any aid or assistance
+by labor or money for the purpose; but it appears they are not
+willing to see a fort well fortified and properly garrisoned,
+from the apprehension that malevolent and seditious persons
+will be better punished, which they call cruelty.
+
+Had the Director not been compelled to provide the garrisons
+of New Netherland and Curacao with provisions, clothing and pay,
+the fort would, doubtless, have been completed already.
+
+Against whom has Director Stuyvesant personally made a question
+without reason or cause?
+
+A present of maize or Indian corn they call a contribution,
+because a present is never received from the Indians without
+its being doubly paid for, as these people, being very covetous,
+throw out a herring for a codfish, as everybody who knows the
+Indians can bear witness.
+
+Francis Doughty, father-in-law of Adrian van der Donk, and an
+English minister, was allowed a colony at Mestpacht, not for
+himself alone as patroon, but for him and his associates,
+dwelling in Rhode Island, at Cohanock and other places, from
+whom he had a power of attorney, and of whom a Mr. Smith<1>
+was one of the principal; for the said minister had scarcely
+any means of himself to build even a hovel, let alone to
+people a colony at his own expense; but was to be employed
+as minister by his associates, who were to establish him on
+a farm in the said colony, for which he would discharge
+ministerial duties among them, and live upon the profits of
+the farm.
+
+<1> Richard Smith, a Gloucestshire man, settled early in
+Plymouth Colony (Taunton). Removing thence on account of
+religious differences, he settled in what is now Rhode Island,
+where he became a close friend of Roger Williams. Between
+1640 and 1643 he made the first permanent settlement in the
+Narragansett country, at Cawcamsqussick (Wickford), where he
+had for many years his chief residence and where his house
+still stands. His extensive trading interests brought him
+to Manhattan, where for some years he had a house.
+
+Coming to the Manhatans to live during the war, he was permitted
+to act as minister for the English dwelling about there; and
+they were bound to maintain him without either the Director or
+the Company being liable to any charge therefor. The English
+not giving him wherewith to live on, two collections were made
+among the Dutch and English by means of which he lived at the
+Manhatans.
+
+The said colony of Mespacht was never confiscated, as is shown
+by the owners, still living there, who were interested in the
+colony with Doughty; but as Doughty wished to hinder population,
+and to permit no one to build in the colony unless he were
+willing to pay him a certain amount of money down for every
+morgen of land, and a certain yearly sum in addition in the
+nature of ground-rent, and in this way sought to establish a
+domain therein, the others interested in the colony (Mr. Smith
+especially) having complained, the Director and Council finally
+determined that the associates might enter upon their property
+--the farm and lands which Doughty possessed being reserved to
+him; so that he has suffered no loss or damage thereby. This I
+could prove also, were it not that the documents are in New
+Netherland and not here.
+
+There are no clauses inserted in the ground-briefs, contrary
+to the Exemptions, but the words nog te beramen (hereafter to
+be imposed) can be left out of the ground-briefs, if they be
+deemed offensive.
+
+Stuyvesant has never contested anything in court, but as
+president has put proper interrogatories to the parties and
+with the court's advice has rendered decisions about which
+the malevolent complain; but it must be proven that anyone
+has been wronged by Stuyvesant in court.
+
+As to what relates to the second [Vice Director] Dinclagen,
+let him settle his own matters.
+
+It can be shown that Brian Newton not only understands the
+Dutch tongue, but also speaks it, so that their charge, that
+Newton does not understand the Dutch language, is untrue.
+All the other slanders and calumnies uttered against the
+remaining officers should be required to be proven.
+
+It is true that in New Netherland it was commonly stated in
+conversation that there was no appeal from a judgment in New
+Netherland pronounced on the island of Manhatans, founded on
+the Exemptions by which on the island of Manhatans was
+established the supreme court for all the surrounding colonies,
+and also that there had never been a case in which an appeal
+from New Netherland had been entertained by Their High
+Mightinesses, although it had been petitioned for when Hendrick
+Jansen Snyder, Laurens Cornelissen and others, many years ago,
+were banished from New Netherland.<1> It would be a very
+strange thing indeed if the officers of the Company could
+banish nobody from the country, while the officers of the
+colony of Renselaerswyck, who are merely subordinates of the
+Company, can banish absolutely from the colony whomever they
+may deem advisable for the good of the colony, and permit no
+one to dwell there unless with their approbation and upon
+certain conditions, some of which are as follows: in the
+first place, no one down to the present time can possess a
+foot of land of his own in the colony, but is obliged to take
+upon rent all the land which he cultivates. When a house is
+erected an annual ground-rent in beavers must be paid; and
+all the farmers must do the same, which they call obtaining
+the right to trade. Where is there an inhabitant under the
+jurisdiction of the Company of whom anything was asked or
+exacted for trade or land? All the farms are conveyed in fee,
+subject to the clause beraemt ofte nog te beramen, (taxes
+imposed or to be imposed.)
+
+<1> Hendrick Jansen the tailor was throughout Kieft's
+administration one of his bitterest and most abusive opponents,
+and was several times prosecuted for slander. In 1647 he
+sailed on the Princess with Kieft and was lost. Lourens
+Cornelissen van der Wel was a sea-captain, and also prosecuted
+by Kieft.
+
+The English minister Francis Doughty has never been in the
+service of the company, wherefore it was not indebted to him;
+but his English congregation are bound to pay him, as may be
+proven in New Netherland.
+
+The Company has advanced the said minister, from time to time,
+goods and necessaries of life amounting to about 1100 guilders,
+as the Colony-Book can show, which he has not yet paid, and he
+is making complaints now, so that he may avoid paying it.
+Whether or not the Director has desired a compromise with
+Doughty, I do not know.
+
+Director Stuyvesant, when he came to New Netherland, endeavored
+according to his orders to stop in a proper manner the contraband
+trade in guns, powder and lead. The people of the colony of
+Renselaerwyck understanding this, sent a letter and petition to
+the Director, requesting moderation, especially as they said
+if that trade were entirely abolished all the Christians in the
+colony would run great danger of being murdered, as may more at
+large be seen by the contents of their petition.
+
+The Director and Council taking the request into consideration,
+and looking further into the consequences, resolved that guns
+and powder, to a limited extent, be sparingly furnished by the
+factor at Fort Orange, on account of the Company, taking good
+care that no supply should be carried by the boats navigating
+the river, until in pursuance of a further order. It is here
+to be observed that the Director, fearing one of two [evils]
+and in order to keep the colony out of danger, has permitted
+some arms to be furnished at the fort. Nobody can prove that
+the Director has sold or permitted to be sold anything contraband,
+for his own private benefit. That the Director has permitted
+some guns to be seized has happened because they brought with
+them no license pursuant to the order of the Company, and they
+would under such pretences be able to bring many guns. The
+Director has paid for every one that was seized, sixteen guilders,
+although they do not cost in this country more than eight or
+nine guilders.
+
+It is true that a case of guns was brought over by Vastrick, by
+order of Director Stuyvesant, in which there were thirty guns,
+which the Director, with the knowledge of the Vice Director and
+fiscaal, permitted to be landed in the full light of day, which
+guns were delivered to Commissary Keyser with orders to sell
+them to the Netherlanders who had no arms, in order that in time
+they might defend themselves, which Keyser has done; and it will
+appear by his accounts where these guns are. If there were any
+more guns in the ship it was unknown to the Director. The
+fiscaal, whose business it was, should have seen to it and
+inspected the ship; and these accusers should have shown that
+the fiscaal had neglected to make the search as it ought to have
+been done.
+
+Jacob Reinsen and Jacob Schermerhorn are Scotch merchants
+(pedlers) born in Waterland, one of whom, Jacob Schermerhorn,
+was at Fort Orange, the other, Jacob Reintjes, was at Fort
+Amsterdam, who there bought powder, lead and guns, and sent
+them up to Schermerhorn, who traded them to the Indians. It
+so happened that the Company's corporal, Gerit Barent, having
+in charge such of the arms of the Company as required to be
+repaired or cleaned, sold to the before named Jacob Reintjes,
+guns, locks, gun-barrels, etc., as can be proven by Jacob
+Reintjes' own confession, by letters written to his partner
+long before this came to light, and by the accusations of the
+corporal. The corporal, seduced by the solicitation of Jacob
+Reintjes, sold him the arms as often as desired, though the
+Latter knew that the guns and gun-barrels belonged to the
+Company, and not to the corporal. There was confiscated also
+a parcel of peltries (as may be seen in the accounts) coming
+chiefly from the contraband goods (as appears from the letters).
+And as the said Jacob Reintjes has been in this country since
+the confiscation, he would have made complaint if he had not
+been guilty, especially as he was sufficiently urged to do so
+by the enemies of the Company and of the Director, but his own
+letters were witnesses against him.
+
+Joost de Backer being accused also by the above named corporal
+of having bought gun-locks and gun-barrels from him, and the
+first information having proved correct, his house was searched
+according to law, in which was found a gun of the Company which
+he had procured from the corporal; he was therefore taken into
+custody until he gave security [to answer] for the claim of the
+fiscaal.
+
+As the English of New England protected among them all fugitives
+who came to them from the Manhatans without the passport
+required by the usage of the country, whether persons in the
+service of the Company or freemen, and took them into their
+service, it was therefore sought by commissioners to induce the
+English to restore the fugitives according to an agreement
+previously made with Governors Eaton and Hopkins, but as
+Governor Eaton failed to send back the runaways, although
+earnestly solicited to do so, the Director and Council, according
+to a previous resolution, issued a proclamation that all persons
+who should come from the province of New Haven (all the others
+excepted) to New Netherland should be protected; which was a
+retaliatory measure. As the Governor permitted some of the
+fugitives to come back to us, the Director and Council annulled
+the order, and since then matters have gone on peaceably, the
+dispute about the boundaries remaining the same as before.<1>
+
+<1> Theophilus Eaton, governor of New Haven 1639-1658, and
+Edward Hopkins, governor of Connecticut seven times in the
+period 1640-1654. The recriminations and retaliations alluded
+to took place in the winter of 1647-1648. Two months before
+the date of this Answer, Stuyvesant had arranged with the
+Commissioners of the United Colonies at Hartford a provisional
+Agreement as to boundaries between English and Dutch on Long
+Island and on the mainland; but the treaty was not ratified
+by the English and Dutch governments.
+
+Nobody's goods have been confiscated in New Netherland without
+great reason; and if any one feels aggrieved about it, the
+Director will be prepared to furnish an answer. That ships
+or shipmasters are afraid of confiscation and therefore do
+not come to New Netherland is probable, for nobody can come
+to New Netherland without a license. Whoever has this, and
+does not violate his agreement, and has properly entered his
+goods, need not be afraid of confiscation; but all smugglers
+and persons who sail with two commissions may well be.
+
+All those who were indebted to the Company were warned by the
+Director and Council to pay the debts left uncollected by the
+late William Kieft, and as some could, and others could not
+well pay, no one was compelled to pay; but these debts,
+amounting to 30,000 guilders, make many who do not wish to
+pay, angry and insolent, (especially as the Company now has
+nothing in that country to sell them on credit,) and it seems
+that some seek to pay after the Brazil fashion.<1>
+
+<1> The recent conquest of the company's province of Brazil
+by the Portuguese had enabled many debtors there to avoid
+paying their debts.
+
+The memorialists have requested that the people should not
+be harassed, which however has never been the case, but they
+would be right glad to see that the Company dunned nobody,
+not demanded their own, yet paid their creditors. It will
+appear by the account-books of the Company that the debts
+were not contracted during the war, but before it. The
+Company has assisted the inhabitants, who were poor and
+burdened with wives and children, with clothing, houses,
+cattle, land, etc., and from time to time charged them in
+account, in hopes of their being able at some time to pay
+for them.
+
+If the taxes of New England, before spoken of, be compared
+with those of New Netherland, it will be found that those of
+New England are a greater burden upon that country than the
+taxes of New Netherland are upon our people.
+
+The wine excise of one stiver per can, was first imposed in
+the year 1647.
+
+The beer excise of three guilders per tun, was imposed by
+Kieft in 1644, and is paid by the tapster alone, and not the
+burgher.
+
+The recognition of eight in a hundred upon exported beaver
+skins does not come out of the inhabitants, but out of the
+trader, who is bound to pay it according to contract.
+
+The Director has always shown that he was desirous and
+pleased to see a deputation from the commonalty, who should
+seek in the Fatherland from the Company as patrons and the
+Lords States as sovereigns, the following: population,
+settlement of boundaries, reduction of charges upon New
+Netherland tobacco and other productions, means of transporting
+people, permanent and solid privileges, etc.
+
+For which purpose he has always offered to lend a helping
+hand; but the remonstrants have pursued devious paths and
+excited some of the commonalty, and by that means obtained
+a clandestine and secret subscription, as is to be seen by
+their remonstrance, designed for no other object than to
+render the Company--their patrons--and the officers in New
+Netherland odious before Their High Mightinesses, so that
+the Company might be deprived of the jus patronatus and be
+still further injured.
+
+The remonstrants say that we had relied upon the English,
+and by means of them sought to divert the college, (as they
+call it,) which is untrue, as appears by the propositions
+made to them. But it is here to be observed that the English,
+living under the protection of the Netherlanders, having
+taken the oath of allegiance and being domiciliated and
+settled in New Netherland, are to be considered citizens of
+the country. These persons have always been opposed to them,
+since the English, as well as they, had a right to say
+something in relation to the deputation, and would not
+consent to all their calumnies and slanders, but looked to
+the good of the commonalty and of the inhabitants.
+
+It was not written on their petition, in the margin, that
+they might secretly go and speak to the commonalty. The
+intention of the Director was to cause them to be called
+together as opportunity should offer, at which time they
+might speak to the commonalty publicly about the deputation.
+The Director was not obliged, as they say, to call the
+commonalty immediately together. It was to be considered
+by him at what time each one could conveniently come from
+home without considerable loss, especially as some lived
+at a distance in the country, etc.
+
+That they have not been willing to communicate, was because
+all whom they now paint in such black colors would have been
+able to provide themselves with weapons, and make the contrary
+appear, and in that case could have produced something [in
+accusation of] some of them. And since the Director and those
+connected with the administration in New Netherland are very
+much wronged and defamed, I desire time in order to wait for
+opposing documents from New Netherland, if it be necessary.
+
+As to Vander Donk and his associates' report that the Director
+instituted suits against some persons: The Director going to
+the house of Michael Jansen, (one of the signers of the
+remonstrance,) was warned by the said Michael and Thomas Hall,
+saying, there was within it a scandalous journal of Adrian
+van der Donck; which journal the Director took with him, and
+on account of the slanders which were contained in it against
+Their High Mightinesses and private individuals, Van der
+Donck was arrested at his lodgings and proof of what he had
+written demanded, but he was released on the application and
+solicitation of others.
+
+During the administration both of Kieft and of Stuyvesant,
+it was by a placard published and posted, that no attestations
+or other public writings should be valid before a court in
+New Netherland, unless they were written by the secretary.
+This was not done in order that there should be no testimony
+[against the Director] but upon this consideration, that most
+of the people living in Netherland are country and seafaring
+men, and summon each other frequently for small matters before
+the court, while many of them can neither read nor write, and
+neither testify intelligibly nor produce written evidence,
+and if some do produce it, sometimes it is written by some
+sailor or farmer, and often wholly indistinct and contrary
+to the meaning of those who had it written or who made the
+statement; consequently the Director and Council could not
+know the truth of matters as was proper and as justice
+demanded, etc. Nobody has been arrested except Van der Donk
+for writing the journal, and Augustyn Heermans, the agent of
+Gabri, because he refused to exhibit the writings drawn up by
+the Nine Men, which were promised to the Director, who had
+been for them many times like a boy.
+
+Upon the first point of redress, as they call it, the
+remonstrants advise, that the Company should abandon and
+transfer the country. What frivolous talk this is! The
+Company have at their own expense conveyed cattle and many
+persons thither, built forts, protected many people who were
+poor and needy emigrating from Holland, and provided them
+with provisions and clothing; and now when some of them have
+a little more than they can eat up in a day, they wish to be
+released from the authority of their benefactors, and without
+paying if they could; a sign of gross ingratitude.
+
+Hitherto the country has been nothing but expense to the
+Company, and now when it can provide for itself and yield
+for the future some profit to the Company, these people are
+not willing to pay the tenth which they are in duty bound to
+pay after the expiration of the ten years, pursuant to the
+Exemptions to which they are making an appeal.
+
+Upon the second point they say that provision should be made
+for ecclesiastical and municipal property, church services,
+an orphan asylum and an almshouse. If they are such
+philanthropists as they appear, let them lead the way in
+generous contributions for such laudable objects, and not
+complain when the Directors have endeavored to make collections
+for the building of the church and school. What complaints
+would have been made if the Director had undertaken to make
+collections for an almshouse and an orphan asylum! The
+service of the church will not be suspended, although Domine
+Johannes Backerus has departed, who was there only twenty-
+Seven months. His place is supplied by a learned and godly
+Minister who has no interpreter when he defends the Reformed
+Religion against any minister of our neighbors, the English
+Brownists.<1>
+
+<1> Referring to Reverend Johannes Megapolensis, who had been
+persuaded to remain in New Netherland and assume pastoral care
+of Manhattan.
+
+The foregoing are the points which really require any answer.
+We will only add some description of the persons who have
+signed the remonstrance and who are the following:
+
+Adrian van der Donk has been about eight years in New Netherland.
+He went there in the service of the proprietors of the colony
+of Renselaerswyck as an officer, but did not long continue such,
+though he lived in that colony till 1646.
+
+Arnoldus van Hardenburgh accompanied Hay Jansen to New Netherland,
+in the year 1644, with a cargo for his brother. He has never to
+our knowledge suffered any loss or damage in New Netherland, but
+has known how to charge the commonalty well for his goods.
+
+Augustyn Heermans came on board the Maecht van Enkhuysen,<1>
+being then as he still is, the agent of Gabrie<2> in trading
+business.
+
+<1> "Maid of Enkhuizen."
+<2> Peter Gabry and Sons, a noted firm of Amsterdam.
+
+Jacob van Couwenhoven came to the country with his father in
+boyhood, was taken by Wouter van Twiller into the service of
+the Company as an assistant, and afterwards became a tobacco
+planter. The Company has aided him with necessaries as it
+is to be seen by the books, but they have been paid for.
+
+Olof Stevensen, brother-in-law of Govert Loockmans, went out
+in the year 1637 in the ship Herring as a soldier in the
+service of the Company. He was promoed by Director Kieft
+and finally made commissary of the shop. He has profited in
+the service of the Company, and endeavors to give his
+benefactor the world's pay, that is, to recompense good with
+evil. He signed under protest, saying that he was obliged
+to sign, which can be understood two ways, one that he was
+obliged to subscribe to the truth, the other that he had
+been constrained by force to do it. If he means the latter,
+it must be proven.
+
+Michael Jansen came to New Netherland as a farmer's man in
+the employ of the proprietors of Renselaerswyck. He made
+his fortune in the colony in a few years, but not being
+able to agree with the officers, finally came in the year
+1646 to live upon the island Manhatans. He would have come
+here himself, but the accounts between him and the colony
+not being settled, in which the proprietors did not consider
+themselves indebted as he claimed, Jan Evertsen came over
+in his stead.
+
+Thomas Hall came to the South River in 1635, in the employ
+of an Englishman, named Mr. Homs, being the same who intended
+to take Fort Nassau at that time and rob us of the South
+River. This Thomas Hall ran away from his master, came to
+the Manhatans and hired himself as a farmer's man to Jacob
+van Curlur. Becoming a freeman he has made a tobacco
+plantation upon the land of Wouter van Twyler, and he has
+been also a farm-superintendent; and this W. van Twyler
+knows the fellow. Thomas Hall dwells at present upon a
+small bowery belonging to the Honorable Company.
+
+Elbert Elbertsen came to the country as a farmer's boy at
+about ten or eleven years of age, in the service of Wouter
+van Twyler, and has never had any property in the country.
+About three years ago he married the widow of Gerret
+Wolphertsen, (brother of the before mentioned Jacob van
+Couwenhoven,) and from that time to this has been indebted
+to the Company, and would be very glad to get rid of paying.
+
+Govert Loockmans, brother in law of Jacob van Couwenhoven,
+came to New Netherland in the yacht St. Martin in the
+year 1633 as a cook's mate, and was taken by Wouter van
+Twyler into the service of the Company, in which service
+he profited somewhat. He became a freeman, and finally
+took charge of the trading business for Gilles Verbruggen
+and his company in New Netherland. This Loockmans ought
+to show gratitude to the Company, next to God, for his
+elevation, and not advise its removal from the country.
+
+Hendrick Kip is a tailor, and has never suffered any injury
+in New Netherland to our knowledge.
+
+Jan Evertsen-Bout, formerly an officer of the Company,
+came the last time in the year 1634, with the ship Eendracht
+[Union], in the service of the Honorable Michiel Paauw, and
+lived in Pavonia until the year 1643, and prospered tolerably.
+As the Honorable Company purchased the property of the Heer
+Paauw, the said Jan Evertsen succeeded well in the service
+of the Company, but as his house and barn at Pavonia were
+burnt down in the war, he appears to take that as a cause
+for complaint. It is here to be remarked, that the Honorable
+Company, having paid 26,000 guilders for the colony of the
+Heer Paauw, gave to the aforesaid Jan Evertsen, gratis, long
+after his house was burnt, the possession of the land upon
+which his house and farmstead are located, and which yielded
+good grain. The land and a poor unfinished house, with a
+few cattle, Michiel Jansen has bought for eight thousand
+guilders.
+
+In brief, these people, to give their doings a gloss, say
+that they are bound by oath and compelled by conscience;
+but if that were the case they would not assail their
+benefactors, the Company and others, and endeavor to deprive
+them of this noble country, by advising their removal, now
+that it begins to be like something, and now that there is
+a prospect of the Company getting its own again. And now
+that many of the inhabitants are themselves in a better
+condition than ever, this is evidently the cause of the
+ambition of many, etc.
+
+At the Hague, 29th November, 1650.
+
+
+
+
+END OF PROJECT GUTENBERG ETEXT "VAN TIENHOVEN'S ANSWER."
+
+
+
+BEGIN PROJECT GUTENBERG ETEXT OF "BOGAERT."
+
+
+
+Letter of Johannes Bogaert to Hans Bontemantel, 1655. In J.
+Franklin Jameson, ed., Narratives of New Netherland, 1609-1664
+(Original Narratives of Early American History). NY: Charles
+Scribner's Sons, 1909.
+
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+
+THE chief military exploit of Director Stuyvesant was the
+conquest in 1655 of the Swedish settlements on the Delaware
+River. New Sweden had been founded in 1638 by a party of
+settlers under Peter Minuit, sent out by the Swedish South
+Company, with private help from Dutch merchants. The history
+of this little colony belongs to another volume of this series,
+but some account of its absorption in New Netherland should
+find a place in this.
+
+At first the Dutch and Swedes on the Delaware, the former with
+their Fort Nassau on the east side, the latter with their three
+forts, Nya Elfsborg on the east side, Christina and Nya Goteborg
+(New Gottenburg) on the west, dwelt together in amity. But
+competition for the Indian trade was keen, conflicting purchases
+of land from the Indians gave rise to disputes, and from the
+beginning of Stuyvesant's administration there was friction.
+This he greatly increased by proceeding to the South River with
+armed forces, in 1651, and building Fort Casimir on the west
+side of the river, near the present site of Newcastle, and
+uncomfortably near to Fort Christina. In 1654 a large
+reinforcement to the Swedish colony came out under Johan Rising,
+who seized Fort Casimir. But the serious efforts to strengthen
+the colony, made by Sweden in the last year of Queen Christina
+and the first year of King Charles X., were made too late. The
+Dutch West India Company ordered Director Stuyvesant not only
+to retake Fort Casimir but to expel the Swedish power from the
+whole river. He proceeded to organize in August, 1655, the
+largest military force which had yet been seen in the Atlantic
+colonies. The best Dutch account of what it achieved is
+presented in translation in the following pages; the Swedish
+side is told by Governor Rising in a report printed in the
+_Collections of the New York Historical Society_, second series,
+I. 443-448, and in _Pennsylvania Archives_, second series,
+V. 222-229.<1>
+
+<1> Rising's dates are given according to Old Style, Swedish
+fashion, Bogaert's according to New Style, as customary in the
+province of Holland.
+
+Of Johannes Bogaert, author of the following letter, we know
+only that he was a "writer," or clerk. Hans Bontemantel, to
+whom the letter was addressed, was a director in the Amsterdam
+Chamber of the West India Company, and a schepen (magistrate)
+of Amsterdam from 1655 to 1672, in which last year he took a
+prominent part in bringing William III. The letter was first
+printed in 1858 in _De Navorscher_ (the Dutch _Notes and
+Queries_), VIII. 185-186. A translation by Henry C. Murphy
+was published the same year in _The Historical Magazine_, II.
+258-259, and this, carefully revised by the present editor,
+appears below. For a history of New Sweden, see Professor
+Gregory B. Keen's chapter in Winsor's _Narrative and Critical
+History of America, IV. 443-488.
+
+
+LETTER OF JOHANNES BOGAERT TO HANS BONTEMANTEL, 1655
+
+Noble and Mighty Sir:
+
+Mr. Schepen Bontemantel:
+
+THIS is to advise your Honor of what has occurred since the
+5th of September, 1655, when we sailed with our seven ships,<1>
+composed of two yachts called the Holanse Tuijn (Dutch Frontier),
+the Prinses Royael (Princess Royal,) a galiot called the Hoop
+(Hope), mounting four guns, the flyboat Liefde (Love), mounting
+four guns, the yacht Dolphijn (Dolphin), vice-admiral, with four
+guns, the yacht Abrams Offerhande (Abraham's Offering), as
+rear-admiral, mounting four guns; and on the 8th arrived before
+the Swedish fort, named Elsener.<2> This south fort had been
+abandoned. Our force consisted of 317 soldiers, besides a
+company of sailors.<3> The general's<4> company, of which
+Lietenant Nuijtingh was captain, and Jan Hagel ensign-bearer,
+was ninety strong. The general's second company, of which
+Dirck Smit was captain, and Don Pouwel ensign-bearer, was
+sixty strong. Nicolaes de Silla the marshal's company, of
+which Lieutenant Pieter Ebel was captain, and William van
+Reijnevelt ensign-bearer, was fifty-five strong. The major's
+second company, which was composed of seamen and pilots, with
+Dirck Jansz Verstraten of Ossanen as their captain, boatswain's-
+mate Dirck Claesz of Munnikendam as ensign-bearer, and the
+sail-maker Jan Illisz of Honsum as lieutenant, consisted of
+fifty men; making altogether 317 men. The 10th, after
+breakfast, the fleet got under way, and ran close under the
+guns of Fort Casemier, and anchored about a cannon-shot's
+distance from it. The troops were landed immediately, and
+General Stuijvesant dispatched Lieutenant Dirck Smit with a
+drummer and a white flag to the commandant, named Swen
+Schoeten,<5> to summon the fort. In the meantime we occupied
+a guard-house about half a cannon-shot distant from the fort;
+and at night placed a company of soldiers in it, which had
+been previously used as a magazine. The 11th, the commander,
+Swen Schoeten, sent a flag requesting to speak with the
+General, who consented. They came together, and after a
+conference the said commander surrendered Fort Casemier to
+the general, upon the following conditions:
+
+<1> Six are named below. The seventh (or first) was the
+"admiral" or flag-ship De Waegh ("The Balance"), on which the
+writer sailed. The Hoop was a French privateer, L'Esperance,
+which had just arrived at New Amsterdam and was engaged for
+the expedition.
+<2> Nya Elfsborg.
+<3> Rising states the total number of the force as 600 or 700.
+<4> I.e., Stuyvesant's. In the military organization of that
+day, one or two companies were usually given a primary position
+as the "general's own" or "colonel's own." Of the persons
+mentioned below, Nicasius de Sille was a member of the Council,
+and De Koningh was the captain of De Waegh.
+<5> Sven Schute.
+
+First, The commander, whenever he pleases and shall have the
+opportunity, by the arrival of ships belonging to the crown,
+or private ships, shall be permitted to remove from Fort
+Casemier the guns of the crown, large and small: consisting,
+according to the statement of the commander, of four iron
+guns and five case-shot guns, of which four are small and one
+is large. Second, Twelve men shall march out as the body-
+guard of the commander, fully accoutred, with the flag of
+the crown; the others with their side-arms only. The guns
+and muskets which belong to the crown shall be and remain at
+the disposition of the commandant, to take or cause them to
+be taken from the fort whenever the commander shall have an
+opportunity to do so. Third, The commander shall have all
+his private personal effects uninjured, in order to take
+them with him or to have them taken away whenever he pleases,
+and also the effects of all the officers. Fourth, The
+commander shall this day restore into the hands of the General
+Fort Casemier and all the guns, ammunition, materials, and
+other property belonging to the General Chartered West India
+Company. Done, concluded and signed by the contracting
+parties the 11th September, 1655, on board the ship De Waegh,
+lying at Fort Casemier. (Signed) Petrus Stuijvesant, Swen
+Schuts.<1>
+
+<1> This agrees with the official text in _N.Y. Col. Doc._,
+XII. 102.
+
+The 13th, was taken prisoner the lieutenant of Fort Crist[ina],
+with a drummer, it being supposed that he had come as a spy
+upon the army, in consequence of the drummer's having no
+drum. The 14th, the small fleet was again under sail with
+the army for Verdrietige Point,<1> where they were landed.
+The 15th, we arrived at the west of Fort Christina, where we
+formed ourselves into three divisions; the major's company
+and his company of sailors were stationed on the south side
+of the creek, by the yacht Eendraght (Union), where the
+major constructed a battery of three guns, one eight-pounder
+and two six-pounders; the general's company and the field
+marshal's were divided into two. The marshal threw up a
+battery of two twelve-pounders, about northwest of the fort.
+The general placed a battery about north of the fort, opposite
+the land entrance, one hundred paces, by calculation, from
+the fort, and mounting one eighteen-pounder, one eight-
+pounder, one six-pounder, and one three-pounder.<2>
+
+<1> On Augustin Herrman's excellent map of Maryland and
+Delaware, "Virdrietige Hoeck" (Tedious Point) appears as a
+name of a promontory about where Marcus Hook, Pa., now is.
+Rising, however, reports the Dutch as landing at Tridje Hoeck
+("Third Point"), just north of Christina Creek.
+<2> For a plan of the siege, derived from that made by the
+Swedish engineer Linstrom, see Winsor, _Narrative and Critical
+History of America_, IV. 480.
+
+The 17th, the flyboat Liefde returned to the Manhathans with
+the Swedish prisoners. From the 17th to the 23rd nothing
+particular happened. Then, when we had everything ready, the
+governor of the fort received a letter from our general, to
+which our general was to have an answer the next day. The
+same day an Indian, whom we had dispatched on the 13th to
+Menades, arrived, bringing news and letters to the effect
+that some Dutch people had been killed at Menades by the
+Indians;<1> which caused a feeling of horror through the
+army, so that the general sent a letter immediately to the
+fort, that he would give them no time the next morning. Then
+Then the general agreed wit the Swedish governor to come
+together in the morning and make an arrangement. The general
+had a tent erected between our quarter and their fort, and
+there an agreement was made, whereby the governor, Johan
+Risingh, surrendered the fort on the 24th of September, upon
+the conditions mentioned in the accompanying capitulation.<2>
+On the 28th of September the general left with the ships and
+yachts, and we were ordered to remain from eight to fourteen
+days, and let the men work daily at Fort Casemier, in the
+construction of ramparts.<3>
+
+<1> A hundred were killed, a hundred and fifty taken prisoners.
+<2> _N.Y. Col. Doc., XII. 104-106.
+<3> Fort Casimir was made the seat of Dutch administration on
+the South River. In 1657 it was named New Amstel, and the
+colony there was taken over by the city of Amsterdam.
+
+The 11th of October, Governor Rijsingh and Factor Elswijck,
+with some Swedes, came on board, whom we carried with us to
+Menades. We ran out to sea for the Menades on the 12th, and
+on the 17th happily arrived within Sandy Hook. On the 21st
+we sailed for the North River, from Staten Island, by the
+watering-place, and saw that all the houses there, and about
+Molyn's house,<1> were burned up by the Indians; and we
+learned here that Johannes van Beeck, with his wife and some
+other people, and the captain of a slave-trader which was
+lying here at anchor with a vessel, having gone on a pleasure
+excursion, were attacked by the Indians, who murdered Van
+Beeck and the captain, and took captive his wife and sister.
+We found Van Beeck dead in a canoe, and buried him. His
+wife has got back. The general is doing all that lies in
+his power to redeem the captives and to make peace. Commending
+your Honor, with hearty salutations, to the protection of the
+Most High, that he will bless you and keep you in continued
+Health, I remain your Honor's
+
+Obedient servant,
+
+JOHANNES BOGAERT,
+Clerk.
+
+Laus Deo, Ship De Waegh (The Balance),
+ The 31st October, 1655.
+Hon. Mr. Schepen Bontemantel,
+ Director of the Chartered West India Company,
+ at Amsterdam.
+
+<1> The house of Cornelis Melyn, on Staten Island.
+
+
+
+END PROJECT GUTENBERG ETEXT OF "BOGAERT."
+
+
+
+
+BEGIN PROJECT GUTENBERG ETEXT OF "LETTERS OF THE DUTCH MINISTERS"
+
+Reference material and sources.
+
+Johannes Megapolensis, Samuel Drisius, and Henricus Selyns,
+Letters of the Dutch Ministers to the Classis of Amsterdam,
+1655-1664. In J. Franklin Jameson, ed., Narratives of New
+Netherland, 1609-1664 (Original Narratives of Early American
+History). NY: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1909.
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+THE Dutch clergy of the Reformed Church, as has already been
+mentioned in a previous introduction, were men whose observations
+we must value because of their intelligence and their acquirements;
+and they also had a point of view which was to a large extent
+independent of the Director General and other civil officials.
+Hence the series of their reports to the Classis of Amsterdam
+is worthy of much attention. In the absence of a continuous
+narrative of high importance for the years from 1655 to 1664
+it has been deemed best to make use for those years of certain
+of these clerical letters.
+
+Of their authors, Domine Megapolensis has been already treated,
+in the introduction to his tract on the Mohawks. He remained
+at New Amsterdam through the period of the English conquest,
+and died there in 1669. The Reverend Samuel Drisius (Dries)
+was born about 1602, of Dutch parents, but was throughout his
+earlier life a pastor in England, until the troubles in that
+country caused him to return to the Netherlands. Since he
+was able to preach not only in Dutch but also in English and
+even in French, it was natural that the Classis should send
+him out to New Netherland in response to the urgent requests
+made for assistance to Megapolensis, especially in dealing
+with the non-Dutch population at New Amsterdam. He began his
+pastoral service there in 1653, and continued throughout the
+remainder of the period represented by this book. In 1669 he
+is reported as incapacitated by failing mental powers, and he
+died in 1673. Domine Henricus Selyns was examined as a
+candidate for the ministry in 1657, ordained by the Classis in
+1660, called to Breukelen and inducted there in that year. He
+returned to Holland in 1664, before the surrender, but came
+back to New York in 1682 as minister of the Collegiate Church,
+and died there in 1701.
+
+John Romeyn Brodhead, at the time of his remarkable mission
+to the Netherlands (1841), included in his endeavors a search
+for Dutch ecclesiastical papers bearing on New Netherland. The
+letters which follow were among those which he found in
+Amsterdam, in the archives of the Classis. In 1842 they were
+Lent, in 1846 given, by the Classis to the General Synod of the
+Reformed Dutch Church in America. To this material large
+Additions were made by a further search carried out in 1897-
+1898, by the Reverend Dr. Edward T. Corwin, acting as agent of
+that church, who is responsible for the translations which
+follow. An account of all this ecclesiastical material, under
+the title "The Amsterdam Correspondence," was printed by him
+in 1897 in the eight volume of the _Papers of the American
+Society of Church History_. He edited the material for
+publication in the first volume of the series called
+_Ecclesiastical Records, State of New York_, published by the
+state in 1901. The letters which follow are taken, with slight
+revision, from various pages (from page 334 to page 562) of
+that volume.
+
+
+LETTERS OF THE DUTCH MINISTERS TO THE CLASSIS OF AMSTERDAM,
+1655-1664
+
+Rev. Johannes Megapolensis to the Classis of Amsterdam
+(March 18, 1655).
+
+Reverendissimi Domini, Fratres in Christo, Synergi observandi:<1>
+
+I FEEL it my duty, to answer the letter of your Reverences,
+dated the 11th of November, [1654].<2>
+
+We have cause to be grateful to the Messrs. Directors<3> and
+to your Reverences for the case and trouble taken to procure
+for the Dutch on Long Island a good clergyman, even though it
+has not yet resulted in anything. Meanwhile, God has led
+Domine Joannes Pelhemius<4> from Brazil, by way of the Caribbean
+Islands, to this place. He has for the present gone to Long
+Island, to a village called Midwout, which is somewhat the
+Meditullium<5> of the other villages, to wit, Breuckelen,
+Amersfoort and Gravesande. There he has preached for the
+accommodation of the inhabitants on Sundays during the winter,
+and has administered the sacraments, to the satisfaction of
+all, as Director Stuyvesant has undoubtedly informed the
+Messrs. Directors.
+
+<1> Most Reverend Masters, Brethren in Christ, Venerable
+Fellow-Workers.
+<2> _Ecclesiastical Records, State of New York_, I. 331.
+<3> Of the West India Company.
+<4> Reverend Johannes Theodorus Polhemus or Polhemius, born
+about 1598, was in early life a minister in the Palatinate.
+Driven thence by persecutions in 1635, he was sent to Brazil
+in 1636 by the Dutch West India Company, and remained there,
+minister at Itamarca, till the waning of the company's fortunes
+in that country and the loss of Pernambuco compelled his
+retirement. In 1654 he went thence to New Netherland, and
+became provisionally minister of Midwout, the first Dutch
+church on Long Island. From 1656 to 1660 he was minister of
+Midwout, Breukelen and Amersfoort, from 1660 to 1664 of Midwout
+and Amersfoort, from 1664 of all three churches again. He died
+in 1676.
+<5> Middle point. Midwout is now Flatbush; Amersfoort is
+Flatlands.
+
+As to William Vestiens, who has been schoolmaster and sexton
+here, I could neither do much, nor say much, in his favor, to
+the Council, because for some years past they were not satisfied
+or pleased with his services.<1> Thereupon when he asked for
+an increase of salary last year, he received the answer, that
+if the service did not suit him, he might ask for his discharge.
+Only lately I have been before the Council on his account, and
+spoken about it, in consequence of your letter, but they told
+me that he had fulfilled his duties only so-so<2> and that he
+did little enough for his salary.
+
+<1> Willem Vestiens or Vestens, schoolmaster, of Haarlem, "a
+good, God-fearing man," was sent out in 1650 as schoolmaster,
+sexton, and "comforter of the sick." In 1655 he asked to be
+transferred to the East Indies, and was replaced at New
+Amsterdam by Harmanus van Hoboken.
+<2> Taliter qualiter.
+
+Some Jews came from Holland last summer, in order to trade.
+Later some Jews came upon the same ship as Dr. Polheymius;<1>
+they were healthy, but poor. It would have been proper, that
+they should have been supported by their own people, but they
+have been at our charge, so that we have had to spend several
+hundred guilders for their support. They came several times
+to my house, weeping and bemoaning their misery. When I directed
+them to the Jewish merchant,<2> they said, that he would not
+lend them a single stiver. Some more have come from Holland
+this spring. They report that many more of the same lot would
+follow, and then they would build here a synagogue. This
+causes among the congregation here a great deal of complaint
+and murmuring. These people have no other God than the Mammon
+of unrighteousness, and no other aim than to get possession of
+Christian property, and to overcome all other merchants by
+drawing all trade towards themselves. Therefore we request
+your Reverences to obtain from the Messrs. Directors, that
+these godless rascals, who are of no benefit to the country,
+but look at everything for their own profit, may be sent away
+from here. For as we have here Papists, Mennonites and Lutherans
+among the Dutch; also many Puritans or Independents, and many
+atheists and various other servants of Baal among the English
+under this Government, who conceal themselves under the name
+of Christians; it would create a still greater confusion, if
+the obstinate and immovable Jews came to settle here.
+
+<1> Refugees from Brazil, who retired after the capture of
+Pernambuco by the Portugese, in January, 1654. The number of
+Jews who settled in New Amsterdam became considerable. The
+West India Company in 1655 repressed all attempts of Stuyvesant
+and his Council to expel or oppress them.
+<2> Jacob Barsimson seems to have been the one Jewish merchant
+then there.
+
+In closing I commend your Reverences with your families to the
+protection of God, who will bless us and all of you in the
+service of the divine word.
+
+Your obedient
+
+JOHAN. MEGAPOLENSIS.
+
+Amsterdam in New Netherland the 18th of March, 1655.
+
+
+Addressed to the Reverend, Pious and very Learned Deputies
+ad res Ecclesiasticas Indicas, in the Classis of Amsterdam.
+
+Revs. J. Megapolensis and S. Drisius to the Classis of Amsterdam
+(August 5, 1657).
+
+Reverend, Pious and Learned Gentlemen, Fathers and Brethren in
+Christ Jesus:
+
+The letters of your Reverences, of the 13th of June 1656, and
+of the 15th of October of the same year have been received.
+We were rejoiced to learn of the fatherly affection and care
+which you show for the welfare of this growing congregation.
+We also learned thereby of the trouble you have taken with the
+Messrs. Directors, to prevent the evils threatened to our
+congregation by the creeping in of erroneous spirits; and of
+your Reverences' desire, to be informed of the condition of
+the churches in this country.
+
+We answered you in the autumn of the year 1656, and explained
+all things in detail. To this we have as yet received no reply,
+and are therefore in doubt, whether our letters reached you.
+This present letter must therefore serve the same end.
+
+The Lutherans here pretended, last year, that they had obtained
+the consent of the Messrs. Directors, to call a Lutheran pastor
+from Holland.<1> They therefore requested the Hon. Director
+and the Council, that they should have permission, meanwhile,
+to hold their conventicles to prepare the way for their expected
+and coming pastor. Although they began to urge this rather
+saucily, we, nevertheless, animated and encourage by your
+letters, hoped for the best, yet feared the worst, which has
+indeed come to pass. For although we could not have believed
+that such permission had been given by the Directors, there
+nevertheless arrived here, with the ship Meulen<2> in July last,
+a Lutheran preacher Joannes Ernestus Goetwater,<3> to the great
+joy of the Lutherans, but to the special displeasure and
+uneasiness of the congregation in this place; yea, even the
+whole country, including the English, were displeased.
+
+<1> There were Lutherans at Manhattan at the time of Father
+Jogue's visit (1643), and they are called a congregation in
+1649. In 1653 they petitioned to have a minister of their own
+and freedom of public worship. Stuyvesant and the ministers
+were disposed to maintain the monopoly of the Reformed (Calvinistic)
+Church. In 1656 he forbade even Lutheran services in private
+houses; but the Company would not sustain this, though they
+upheld him in sending Gutwasser back to Holland in 1659.
+<2> "The Mill."
+<3> Johann Ernst Gutwasser.
+
+We addressed ourselves, therefore, to his Honor the Director-
+General, the Burgomasters and Schepens of this place,<1> and
+presented the enclosed petition. As a result thereof, the
+Lutheran pastor was summoned before their Honors and asked
+with what intentions he had come here, and what commission and
+credentials he possessed. He answered that he had come to serve
+here as a Lutheran preacher, but that he had no other commission
+than a letter from the Lutheran Consistory at Amsterdam to the
+Lutheran congregation here. He was then informed by the Hon.
+authorities here, that he must abstain from all church services,
+and from the holding of any meetings, and not even deliver the
+letter which he brought from the Lutherans at Amsterdam without
+further orders; but that he must regulate himself by the edicts
+of this province against private conventicles. He promised to
+do this, adding however that with the next ships he expected
+further orders and his regular commission. In the meantime,
+however, we had the snake in our bosom. We should have been
+glad if the authorities here had opened that letter of the
+Lutheran Consistory, to learn therefrom the secret of his
+Mission, but as yet they have not been willing to do this.
+
+<1> New Amsterdam had received a municipal constitution, of
+about the type usual in the Netherlands, though somewhat less
+liberal, in 1653.
+
+We then demanded that our authorities here should send back
+the Lutheran preacher, who had come without the consent of the
+Messrs. Directors, in the same ship in which he had come, in
+order to put a stop to this work, which they evidently intended
+to prosecute with a hard Lutheran head, in spite of and against
+the will of our magistrates; for we suspect that this one has
+come over to see whether he can pass, and be allowed to remain
+here, and thus to lay the foundation for further efforts; but
+we do not yet know what we can accomplish.
+
+Domine Gideon Schaats<1> wrote to you last year about the
+congregation at Rensselaerswyck or Beverwyck, as he intends
+to do again. We know nothing otherwise than that the
+congregation there is in a good condition; that it is growing
+vigorously, so that it is almost as strong as we are here at
+the Manhatans. They built last year a handsome parsonage.
+On the South River, matters relating to religion and the
+church have hitherto progressed very unsatisfactorily; first
+because we had there only one little fort, and in it a single
+commissary, with ten to twenty men, all in the Company's
+service, merely for trading with the Indians. Secondly: In
+the year 1651 Fort Nassau was abandoned and razed, and another,
+called Fort Casemier, was erected, lower down and nearer to
+the seaboard. This was provided with a stronger garrison,
+and was reinforced by several freemen, who lived near it.
+
+<1> Minister at Rensselaerswyck since 1652.
+
+But the Swedes, increasing there in numbers, troubled and
+annoyed our people daily. After they had taken Fort Casemier
+from us, they annoyed our countrymen so exceedingly, that
+the South River was abandoned by them. However in the year
+1655 our people recovered Fort Casemier, and now it is held
+by a sufficiently strong garrison, including several freemen,
+who also have dwellings about. One was then appointed, to
+read to them on Sundays, from the Postilla.<1> This is
+continued to this day.<2> The Lutheran preacher who was sent
+there was returned to Sweden.
+
+<1> Book of Homilies.
+<2> Reverend Peter Hjort, pastor at Fort Trinity.
+
+Two miles from Fort Casemier, up the river, is another fort,
+called Christina. This was also taken by our people, at the
+same time, and the preacher there<1> was sent away, with the
+Swedish garrison.
+
+<1> Reverend Matthias Nertunius.
+
+But because many Swedes and Finns, at least two hundred, live
+above Fort Christina, two or three leagues further up the
+river, the Swedish governor made a condition in his capitulation,
+that they might retain one Lutheran preacher,<1> to teach these
+people in their language. This was granted then the more
+easily, first, because new troubles had broken out at Manhattan
+with the Indians, and it was desirable to shorten proceedings
+here and return to the Manhattans to put things in order there;
+secondly, because there was no Reformed preacher here, nor any
+who understood their language, to be located there.
+
+<1> Reverend Lars Lock or Lokenius, preacher at Tinicum from
+1647 to 1688.
+
+This Lutheran preacher is a man of impious and scandalous
+habits, a wild, drunken, unmannerly clown, more inclined to
+look into the wine can than into the Bible. He would prefer
+drinking brandy two hours to preaching one; and when the sap
+is in the wood his hands itch and he wants to fight whomsoever
+he meets. The commandant at Fort Casimir, Jean Paulus Jacqet,
+brother-in-law of Domine Casparus Carpentier,<1> told us that
+during last spring this preacher was tippling with a smith,
+and while yet over their brandy they came to fisticuffs, and
+beat each other's heads black and blue; yea, that the smith
+tore all the clothing from the preacher's body, so that this
+godly minister escaped in primitive nakedness, and although
+so poorly clothed, yet sought quarrels with others. Sed hoc
+parergicos.
+
+<1> Carpentier was a Reformed minister whom the Dutch had
+established at Fort Casimir. Jacquet was vice-director on
+the South River, 1655-1657.
+<2> But this incidentally.
+
+On Long Island there are seven villages belonging to this
+province, of which three, Breuckelen, Amersfoort and Midwout,<1>
+are inhabited by Dutch people, who formerly used to come
+here<2> to communion and other services to their great
+inconvenience. Some had to travel for three hours to reach
+this place. Therefore, when Domine Polheymus arrived here
+from Brazil, they called him as preacher, which the Director-
+General and Council confirmed.
+
+<1> Brooklyn, Flatlands and Flatbush.
+<2> To New Amsterdam.
+
+The four other villages on Long Island, viz., Gravensand,
+Middleburgh, Vlissingen, and Heemstede<1> are inhabited by
+Englishmen. The people of Gravensand are considered Mennonites.
+The majority of them reject the baptism of infants, the
+observance of the Sabbath, the office of preacher, and any
+teachers of God's word. They say that thereby all sorts of
+contentions have come into the world. Whenever they meet,
+one or the other reads something to them. At Vlissingen, they
+formerly had a Presbyterian minister<2> who was in agreement
+with our own church. But at present, many of them have become
+imbued with divers opinions and it is with them quot homines
+tot sententiae.<3> They began to absent themselves from the
+sermon and would not pay the preacher the salary promised to
+him. He was therefore obliged to leave the place and go to
+the English Virginias. They have now been without a preacher
+for several years. Last year a troublesome fellow, a cobbler
+from Rhode Island in New England,<4> came there saying, he
+had a commission from Christ. He began to preach at Vlissingen
+and then went with the people into the river and baptized them.
+When this became known here, the fiscaal went there, brought
+Him to this place, and he was banished from the province.
+
+<1> Gravesend, Newtown, Flushing and Hempstead.
+<2> Reverend Francis Doughty.
+<3> As many opinions as men.
+<4> William Wickenden. The schout of the village was fined
+fifty pounds for allowing him to preach in his house.
+
+At Middleburgh, alias Newtown, they are mostly Independents
+and have a man called Johannes Moor,<1> of the same way of
+thinking, who preaches there, but does not serve the sacraments.
+He says he was licensed in New England to preach, but not
+authorized to administer the sacraments. He has thus continued
+for some years. Some of the inhabitants of this village are
+Presbyterians, but they cannot be supplied by a Presbyterian
+preacher. Indeed, we do not know that there are any preachers
+of this denomination to be found among any of the English of
+New England.
+
+<1> John Moore, formerly minister at Hempstead; died this year,
+1637.
+
+At Heemstede, about seven leagues from here, there live some
+Independents. There are also many of our own church, and
+some Presbyterians. They have a Presbyterian preacher, Richard
+Denton,<1> a pious, godly and learned man, who is in agreement
+with our church in everything. The Independents of the place
+listen attentively to his sermons; but when he began to baptize
+the children of parents who are no members of the church, they
+rushed out of the church.
+
+<1> Reverend Richard Denton (1586-1662), one of the pioneers
+of Presbyterianism in America, was a Cambridge man, who came
+over with Winthrop in 1630, and was settled successively at
+Watertown, Wethersfield and Stamford. His differences with the
+Congregational clergy of New England had led to his withdrawal,
+and since 1644 he had been at Hempstead.
+
+On the west shore of the East River, about one miles beyond
+Hellgate, as we call it, and opposite Flushing, is another
+English village, called Oostdorp, which was begun two years
+ago. The inhabitants of this place are also Puritans or
+Independents. Neither have they a preacher, but they hold
+meetings on Sunday, and read a sermon of some English writer,
+and have a prayer.<1>
+
+<1> Oost-dorp ("East Village") is the present Westchester.
+"After dinner [Sunday, December 31, 1656] Cornelis van Ruyven
+went to the house where they assemble on Sundays, to observe
+their mode of worship, as they have not as yet any clergyman.
+There I found a gathering of about fifteen men and ten or
+twelve women. Mr. Baly made a prayer, which being concluded,
+one Robert Basset read a sermon from a printed book composed
+and published by an English minister in England. After the
+reading Mr. Baly made another prayer and they sang a psalm
+and separated." (Journal of Brian Newton et als., to Oostdorp,
+_Doc. Hist. N.Y._, octavo, III. 923)
+
+Such is the condition of the church in our province. To this
+we must add that, as far as we know, not one of all these
+places, Dutch or English, has a schoolmaster, except the
+Manhattans, Beverwyck, and now also Fort Casimir on the South
+River.<1> And although some parents try to give their children
+some instruction, the success if far from satisfactory, and we
+can expect nothing else than young men of foolish and
+undisciplined minds. We see at present no way of improving
+this state of affairs; first, because some of the villages are
+just starting, and have no means, the people having come half
+naked and poor from Holland, to pay a preacher and schoolmaster;
+secondly, because there are few qualified persons here who can
+or will teach.
+
+<1> Harmanus van Hoboken at New Amsterdam, Adriaen Jansz at
+Beverwyck (Albany), and since April of this year Evert Pietersen
+at Fort Casimir. Two years later (1659) the company sent over
+Alexander Carolus Curtius, "late professor in Lithuania," to be
+master of a Latin school in New Amsterdam.
+
+We can say but little of the conversion of the heathens or
+Indians here, and see no way to accomplish it, until they are
+subdued by the numbers and power of our people, and reduced to
+some sort of civilization; and also unless our people set them
+a better example, than they have done theretofore.
+
+We have had an Indian here with us for about two years. He can
+read and write Dutch very well. We have instructed him in the
+fundamental principles of our religion, and he answers publicly
+in church, and can repeat the Commandments. We have given him
+a Bible, hoping he might do some good among the Indians, but it
+all resulted in nothing. He took to drinking brandy, he pawned
+the Bible, and turned into a regular beast, doing more harm than
+good among the Indians.
+
+Closing we commend your Reverences to the gracious protection of
+the Almighty, whom we pray to bless you in the Sacred Ministry.
+
+Vestri et officio et effectu,<1>
+
+<1> Yours both officially and actually.
+
+JOHANNES MEGPOLENSIS.
+SAMUEL DRISSIUS.
+
+Amsterdam, in New Netherland,
+ the 5th of August, 1657.
+
+
+Revs. Megapolensis and Drisius to the Classis of Amsterdam
+(October 25, 1657).
+
+Brethren in Christ:
+
+Since our last letter, which we hope you are receiving about
+this time, we have sent in a petition in relation to the Lutheran
+minister, Joannes Ernestus Gutwasser. Having marked this on its
+margin, we have sent it to the Rev. Brethren of the Classis. We
+hope that the Classis will take care that, if possible, no other
+be sent over, as it is easier to send out an enemy than afterward
+to thrust him out. We have the promise that the magistrates here
+will compel him to leave with the ship De Wage. It is said that
+there has been collected for him at Fort Orange a hundred beaver
+skins, which are valued here at eight hundred guilders, and which
+is the surest pay in this country. What has been collected here,
+we cannot tell. Our magistrates have forbidden him to preach,
+as he has received no authority from the Directors at Amsterdam
+for that purpose. Yet we hear that the Hon. Directors at
+Amsterdam gave him permission to come over. We have stated in a
+previous letter the injurious tendency of this with reference to
+the prosperity of our church.
+
+Lately we have been troubled by others. Some time since, a
+shoemaker,<1> leaving his wife and children, came here and
+preached in conventicles. He was fined, and not being able to
+pay, was sent away. Again a little while ago there arrived here
+a ship with Quakers, as they are called. They went away to New
+England, or more particularly, to Rhode Island, a place of
+errorists and enthusiasts. It is called by the English themselves
+the latrina<2> of New England. They left several behind them
+here, who labored to create excitement and tumult among the
+people--particularly two women, the one about twenty, and the
+other about twenty-eight.<3> These were quite outrageous. After
+being examined and placed in prison, they were sent away.
+Subsequently a young man at Hempstead, an English town under the
+government, aged about twenty-three or twenty-four years,<4> was
+arrested, and brought thence, seven leagues. He had pursued a
+similar course and brought several under his influence. The
+magistrate, in order to repress the evil in the beginning, after
+he had kept him in confinement for several days, adjudged that
+he should either pay one hundred guilders or work at the
+wheelbarrow two years with the negroes. This he obstinately
+refused to do, though whipped on his back. After two or three
+days he was whipped in private on his bare back, with threats
+that the whipping would be repeated again after two or three
+days, if he should refuse to labor. Upon this a letter was
+brought by an unknown messenger from a person unknown to the
+Director-General. The import of this, (written in English),
+was, Think, my Lord-Director, whether it be not best to send
+him to Rhode Island, as his labor is hardly worth the cost.
+
+<1> William Wickenden, of Rhode Island.
+<2> Sink.
+<3> Dorothy Waugh, afterward whipped at Boston, and Mary
+Wetherhead.
+<4> Robert Hodgson, who had come on the same ship with the
+preceding. A contemporary Quaker writer attributes his release
+to the intercession of Stuyvesant's sister, Mrs. Anna Bayard.
+Persecution of Quakers and other sectaries in New Netherland
+was continued by Stuyvesant, and finally culminated in the
+case of John Bowne, of Flushing, a Quaker, who has left us an
+interesting account of his suffering, printed in the _American
+Historical Record_ I. 4-8. Banished from the province and
+transported to Holland, Bowne laid his case before the directors
+of the West India Company, who reproved Stuyvesant by a letter
+in which they said (April 16, 1663): "The consciences of men
+ought to remain free and unshackled, . . . This maxim of
+moderation has always been the guide of the magistrates in
+this city; and the consequence has been that people have flocked
+from every land to this asylum. Tread thus in their steps, and
+we doubt not you will be blessed."
+
+Since the arrival of De Wage from the South River [the Director?]
+has again written to Joannes Ernestus Gutwasser to go away. On
+this he presented a petition, a copy of which herewith transmitted,
+as also a copy signed by several of the Lutheran denomination.
+We observe that it is signed by the least respectable of that
+body, and that the most influential among them were unwilling to
+trouble themselves with it. Some assert that he has brought with
+him authority from the West India Company to act as minister.
+Whether dismission and return will take place without trouble
+remains to be seen.
+
+We are at this time in great want of English ministers. It is
+more than two years since Mr. Doughty, of Flushing which is a
+town here, went to Virginia, where he is now a preacher. He
+left because he was not well supported. On October 13, Mr.
+Moore, of Middelburg, which is another town here, died of a
+pestilential disease, which prevailed in several of our English
+towns and in New England. He left a widow with seven or eight
+children. A year before, being dissatisfied with the meagre and
+irregular payments from his hearers, he went to Barbadoes, to
+seek another place. Mr. Richard Denton, who is sound in faith,
+of a friendly disposition, and beloved by all, cannot be induced
+by us to remain, although we have earnestly tried to do this in
+various ways. He first went to Virginia to seek a situation,
+complaining of lack of salary, and that he was getting in debt,
+but he has returned thence. He is now fully resolved to go to
+old England, because his wife, who is sickly, will not go
+without him, and there is need of their going there, on account
+of a legacy of four hundred pounds sterling, lately left by a
+deceased friend, and which they cannot obtain except by their
+personal presence. At Gravesend there never has been a minister.
+Other settlements, yet in their infancy, as Aernem,<1> have no
+minister. It is therefore to be feared that errorists and
+fanatics may find opportunity to gain strength. We therefore
+request you, Rev. Brethren, to solicit the Hon. Directors of
+the West India Company, to send over one or two English preachers,
+and that directions may be given to the magistracy that the
+money paid by the English be paid to the magistrate, and not to
+the preacher, which gives rise to dissatisfaction, and that at
+the proper time any existing deficiency may be supplied by the
+Hon. Directors. Otherwise we do not see how the towns will be
+able to obtain ministers, or if they obtain them, how they will
+be able to retain them. Complaints continually reach us about
+the payment of ministers. Nevertheless in New England there are
+few places without a preacher, although there are many towns,
+stretching for more than one hundred leagues along the coast.
+Hoping that by God's blessing and your care something may be
+effected in this matter, we remain,
+
+<1> Arnhem was a village begun on Smith's Island in Newton Creek.
+
+Your friends and fellow laborers,
+
+JOHANNES MEGAPOLENSIS.
+SAMUEL DRISIUS.
+
+Manhattans,
+Oct. 22, 1657.
+
+Rev. Brethren:
+
+Since the writing of the above letter, and before sealing it,
+we have learned from the Hon. Directors and the fiscaal, that
+Joannes Ernestus Gutwasser is not to be found, that his bedding
+and books were two days ago removed, and that he has left our
+jurisdiction. Still it is our opinion that he remains concealed
+here, in order to write home, and make his appearance as if out
+of the Fatherland; and to persevere with the Lutherans in his
+efforts. We therefore hope and pray that you may, if possible,
+take measures to prevent this.
+
+SAMUEL DRISIUS.
+Oct. 25, 1657.
+
+To the Rev. Learned, etc.
+the Deputies ad res Indicas
+of the Classis of Amsterdam.
+
+
+Rev. J. Megapolensis to the Classis of Amsterdam
+(September 28, 1658).
+
+Rdi. Patres et Fratres in Christo:<1>
+
+In a preceding letter of September 24, 1658,<2> mention was
+made of a Jesuit who came to this place, Manhattans, overland,
+from Canada. I shall now explain the matter more fully, for
+your better understanding of it. It happened in the year
+1642, when I was minister in the colony of Rensselaerswyck,
+that our Indians in the neighborhood, who are generally called
+Maquaas, but who call themselves Kajingehaga, were at war with
+the Canadian or French Indians, who are called by our Indians
+Adyranthaka. Among the prisoners whom our Indians had taken
+from the French, was this Jesuit,<3> whom they according to
+their custom had handled severely. When he was brought to us,
+his left thumb and several fingers on both hands had been cut
+off, either wholly or in part, and the nails of the remaining
+fingers had been chewed off. As this Jesuit had been held in
+captivity by them for some time, they consented that he should
+go among the Dutch, but only when accompanied by some of them.
+At last the Indians resolved to burn him. Concerning this he
+came to me with grievous complaint. We advised him that next
+time the Indians were asleep, he should run away and come to
+us, and we would protect and secure him, and send him by ship
+to France. This was done. After concealing him and entertaining
+him for six weeks, we sent him to the Manhattans and thence to
+England and France, as he was a Frenchman, born at Paris.<4>
+
+<1> Reverend Fathers and Brothers in Christ.
+<2> _Ecclesiastical Records, State of New York_, I. 432-434.
+<3> Father Jogues; see earlier entries.
+<4> Father Jogues was born in Orleans.
+
+Afterward this same Jesuit came again from France to Canada.
+As our Indians had made peace with the French, he against left
+Canada, and took up his residence among the Mohawks. He indulged
+in the largest expectations of converting them to popery, but
+the Mohawks with their hatchets put him to a violent death.
+They then brought and presented to me his missal and breviary
+together with his underclothing, shirts and coat. When I said
+to them that I would not have thought that they would have
+killed this Frenchman, they answered, that the Jesuits did not
+consider the fact, that their people (the French) were always
+planning to kill the Dutch.
+
+In the year 1644 our Indians again took captive a Jesuit,<1>
+who had been treated in the same manner as to his hands and
+fingers as the above mentioned. The Jesuit was brought to us
+naked, with his maimed and bloody fingers. We clothed him,
+placed him under the care of our surgeon, and he almost daily
+fed at my table. This Jesuit, a native of Rouen,<2> was
+ransomed by us from the Indians, and we sent him by ship to
+France. He also returned again from France to Canada. He
+wrote me a letter, as the previously mentioned one had done,
+thanking me for the benefits I had conferred on him. He
+stated also that he had not argued, when with me, on the
+subject of religion, yet he had felt deeply interested in me
+on account of my soul, and admonished me to come again into
+the Papal Church from which I had separated myself. In each
+case I returned such a reply that a second letter was never
+sent me.
+
+<1> Father Giuseppe Bressani (1612-1672).
+<2> Of Rome, in fact.
+
+The French have now for some time been at peace with our
+Indians. In consequence thereof, it has happened that several
+Jesuits have again gone among our Indians, who are located
+about four or five days' journey from Fort Orange. But they
+did not permanently locate themselves there. All returned to
+Canada except one, named Simon Le Moyne. He has several times
+accompanied the Indians out of their own country, and visited
+Fort Orange. At length he came here to the Manhattans,
+doubtless at the invitation of Papists living here, especially
+for the sake of the French privateers, who are Papists, and
+have arrived here with a good prize.
+
+He represented that he had heard the other Jesuits speak much
+of me, who had also highly praised me for the favors and
+benefits I had shown them; that he therefore could not, while
+present here, neglect personally to pay his respects to me,
+and thank me for the kindness extended to their Society. 1.
+He told me that during his residence among our Indians he had
+discovered a salt spring, situated fully one hundred leagues
+from the sea; and the water was so salt that he had himself
+boiled excellent salt from it.<1> 2. There was also another
+spring which furnished oil. Oleaginous matter floated on its
+surface, with which the Indians anointed their heads. 3. There
+was another spring of hot sulphurous water. If paper and dry
+materials were thrown into it, they became ignited. Whether
+all this is true, or a mere Jesuit lie, I will not decide. I
+mention the whole on the responsibility and authority of the
+Jesuit.
+
+<1> Father Le Moyne made this discovery while sojourning among
+the Onondagas in 1654.
+
+He told me that he had lived about twenty years among the
+Indians. When he was asked what fruit had resulted from his
+labors, and whether he had taught the Indians anything more
+than to make the sign of the cross, and such like superstitions,
+he answered that he was not inclined to debate with me, but
+wanted only to chat. He spent eight days here, and examined
+everything in our midst. He then liberally dispensed his
+indulgences, for he said to the Papists (in the hearing of one
+of our people who understood French), that they need not go to
+Rome; that he had as full power from the Pope to forgive their
+sins, as if they were to go to Rome. He then returned and
+resided in the country of the Mohawks the whole winter. In
+the spring, however, troubles began to arise again between our
+Indians and the Canadians. He then packed up his baggage, and
+returned to Canada. On his journey, when at Fort Orange, he
+did not forget me, but sent me three documents: the first,
+on the succession of the Popes; the second, on the Councils;
+and the third was about heresies, all written out by himself.
+He sent with them also, a letter to me, in which he exhorted
+me to peruse carefully these documents, and meditate on them,
+and that Christ hanging on the Cross was still ready to receive
+me, if penitent. I answered him by the letter herewith
+forwarded, which was sent by a yacht going from here to the
+river St. Lawrence in New France.<1> I know not whether I
+shall receive an answer.
+
+Valete, Domini Fratres, Vester ex officio,<2>
+
+JOANNES MEGAPOLENSIS
+1658, Sept. 28.
+
+<1> One of the fruits of Father Le Moyne's visit to New Netherland
+was that the Dutch obtained from the governor of Canada permission
+to carry on trade, except the fur trade, on the St. Lawrence.
+<2> Farewell, brethren; yours officially.
+
+
+Rev. Henricus Selyns to the Classis of Amsterdam
+(October 4, 1660)
+
+Reverend, Wise and Pious Teachers:
+
+We cannot be so forgetful as to omit to inform you concerning
+our churches and services. While at sea, we did not neglect
+religious worship, but every morning and evening we besought
+God's guidance and protection, with prayer and the singing of
+a psalm. On Sundays and feast-days the Holy Gospel was read,
+when possible. The sacrament was not administered on shipboard,
+and we had no sick people during the voyage. God's favor brought
+us all here in safety and health. Arrived in New Netherland, we
+were first heard at the Manhattans; but the peace-negotiations at
+the Esopus,<1> where we also went, and the general business of
+the government necessarily delayed our installation until now.
+We have preached here at the Esopus, also at Fort Orange; during
+This time of waiting we were well provided with food and lodging.
+Esopus needs more people, but Breuckelen more money; wherefore I
+serve on Sundays, in the evenings only, at the General's bouwery,<2>
+at his expense. The installation at Brooklyn was made by the
+Honorable Nicasius de Sille, fiscaal,<3> and Martin Kriegers,
+burgomaster,<4> with an open commission from his Honor the
+Director-General.<5> I was cordially received by the magistrates
+and consistory, and greeted by Domine Polhemius. We do not preach
+in a church, but in a barn; next winter we shall by God's favor
+and the general assistance of the people erect a church.
+
+<1> The Indians of Esopus had broken out in hostilities in the
+autumn of 1659. The next summer Stuyvesant went there, after
+some defeats of the tribe, and made peace formally, July 15,
+1660. A congregation had lately been formed there, which called
+Domine Harmanus Blom to be its pastor.
+<2> Stuyvesant's Bowery, or farm, acquired by him in 1651, lay in
+the present region of Third Avenue and Tenth Street. Near the
+present site of St. Mark's Church he built a chapel for his
+family, his negro slaves, some forty in number, and the other
+inhabitants of the neighborhood.
+<3> Of New Netherland.
+<4> Of New Amsterdam.
+<5> For this letter of induction, see _Ecclesiastical Records_,
+I. 480.
+
+The audience is passably large, coming from Middelwout, New
+Amersfort, and often Gravesande increases it; but most come
+from the Manhattans. The Ferry, the Walebacht, and Guyanes,<1>
+all belong to Breuckelen. The Ferry is about two thousand
+paces across the river, or to the Manhattans, from the Breuckelen
+Ferry. I found at Breuckelen one elder, two deacons, twenty
+four members, thirty one householders, and one hundred and
+thirty-four people. The consistory will remain for the present
+as it is. In due time we will have more material and we will
+know the congregation better. Cathechizing will not be held
+here before the winter; but we will begin it at the preaching
+service there. It will be most suitable to administer the
+Lord's Supper on Christmas, Easter, Whitsuntide and in September.
+On the day following these festivals-days a thanksgiving sermon
+will be preached. I might have taken up my residence at the
+Manhattans, because of its convenience; but my people, all of
+them evincing their love and affection for me, have provided
+me a dwelling of which I cannot complain. I preach at Breuckelen
+in the morning; but at the Bouwery at the end of the catechetical
+sermon. The Bouwery is a place of relaxation and pleasure,
+whither people go from the Manhattans, for the evening service.
+There are there forty negroes, from the region of the Negro
+Coast, besides the household families. There is here as yet no
+consistory, but the deacons from New Amsterdam provisionally
+receive the alms; and at least one deacon, if not an elder,
+ought to be chosen there. Besides myself, there are in New
+Netherland the Domines Joannes Megapolensis and Samuel Drisius
+at New Amsterdam; Domine Gideon Schaats at Fort Orange; Domine
+Joannes Polhemius at Middelwout and New Amersfort; and Domine
+Hermanus Blom at the Esopus. I have nothing more to add, except
+to express my sincere gratitude and to make my respectful
+acknowledgements. I commend your Reverences, wise and pious
+teachers, to God's protection, and am,
+
+Yours humbly,
+
+HENRICUS SELYNS, Minister of the Holy Gospel at Breuckelen.
+
+>From Amsterdam on the Manhattans,
+Oct. 4, 1660.
+
+<1> Wallabout and Gowanus.
+
+
+Rev. Henricus Selyns to the Classis of Amsterdam
+(June 9, 1664).
+
+Very Reverend, Pious and Learned Brethren in Christ:
+
+With Christian salutations of grace and peace, this is to
+inform you, that with proper submission, we take the liberty
+of reporting to the Very Rev. Classis the condition and welfare
+of the Church of Jesus Christ, to which your Reverences called
+me, as well as my request and friendly prayer for an honorable
+dismission.
+
+As for me, your Rev. Assembly sent me to the congregation at
+Breuckelen to preach the Gospel there, and administer the
+sacraments. This we have done to the best of our ability; and
+according to the size of the place with a considerable increase
+of members. There were only a few members there on my arrival;
+but these have with God's help and grace increased fourfold.
+
+Trusting that it would not displease your Reverences, and would
+also be very profitable to the Church of Christ, we found it
+easy to do what might seem troublesome; for we have also taken
+charge of the congregation at the General's Bouwery in the
+evening, as we have told you before. An exception to this
+arrangement is made in regard to the administration of the Lord's
+Supper. As it is not customary with your Reverences to administer
+it in the evening, we thought, after conference with our Reverend
+Brethren of the New Amsterdam congregation, and mature
+deliberation, that it would be more edifying to preach at the
+Bouwery, on such occasions, in the morning, and then have the
+Communion, after the Christian custom of our Fatherland.
+
+As to baptisms, the negroes occasionally request that we should
+baptize their children, but we have refused to do so, partly on
+account of their lack of knowledge and of faith, and partly
+because of the worldly and perverse aims on the part of said
+negroes. They wanted nothing else than to deliver their
+children from bodily slavery, without striving for piety and
+Christian virtues. Nevertheless when it was seemly to do so,
+we have, to the best of our ability, taken much trouble in
+private and public catechizing. This has borne but little
+fruit among the elder people who have no faculty of comprehension;
+but there is some hope for the youth who have improved reasonably
+well. Not to administer baptism among them for the reasons
+given, is also the custom among our colleagues.<1> But the most
+important thing is, that the Father of Grace and God of Peace
+has blessed our two congregations with quietness and harmony,
+out of the treasury of his graciousness; so that we have had no
+reason to complain to the Rev. Classis, which takes such things,
+however, in good part; or to trouble you, as we might have
+anticipated.
+
+<1> The enslaving of Africans having at first been justified on
+the ground of their heathenism, the nation that to baptize them
+would make it unlawful to hold them in bondage was frequent
+among owners in the seventeenth century, and operated to deter
+them from permitting the Christianizing of their slaves. "I
+may not forget a resolution which his Maty [James II.] made,
+and had a little before enter'd upon it at the Council Board,
+at Windsor or Whitehall, that the Negroes in the Plantations
+should all be baptiz'd, exceedingly declaiming against that
+impiety of their masters prohibiting it, out of a mistaken
+opinion that they would be ipso facto free; but his Maty persists
+in his resolution to have them chisten'd, wch piety the Bishop
+[Ken] blessed him for." Evelyn, _Diary_, II. 479 (1685).
+
+Meanwhile, the stipulated number of years, pledged to the West
+India Company, is diminishing; although the obligation we owe
+to them who recommend us<1> naturally continues. Also, on
+account of their old age, we would love to see again our
+parents, and therefore we desire to return home. On revolving
+the matter in my mind, and not to be lacking in filial duty, I
+felt it to be proper to refer the subject to God and my greatly
+beloved parents who call for me, whether I should remain or
+return home at the expiration of my contract.
+
+<1> The classis.
+
+As we understand, they are, next to myself, most anxious for
+my return, and have received my discharge from the Hon. Directors,
+and have notified the Deputies ad Causas Indicas thereof, which
+has pleased us. We trust that we shall receive also from your
+Reverences a favorable reply, relying upon your usual kindness.
+Yet it is far from us to seem to pass by your Reverences, and
+give the least cause for dissatisfaction. I have endeavored to
+deserve the favor of the Rev. Classis by the most arduous services
+for the welfare of Christ's church, and am always ready to serve
+your Reverences.
+
+It is my purpose when I return home, when my stipulated time is
+fulfilled, to give a verbal account of my ministry here, and the
+state of the church, that you may be assured that any omissions
+in duty have been through ignorance.
+
+Domine Samuel Megapolensis<1> has safely arrived, but Domine
+Warnerus Hadson,<2> whom you had sent as preacher to the South
+River, died on the passage over. It is very necessary to supply
+his place, partly on account of the children who have not been
+baptized since the death of Domine Wely,<3> and partly on
+account of the abominable sentiments of various persons there,
+who speak very disrespectfully of the Holy Scriptures.
+
+<1> Reverend Samuel Megapolensis, born in 1634, studied three
+years at Harvard College and three at the University of Utrecht.
+In 1662 he was called by the classis of Amsterdam to the
+ministry in New Netherland, and ordained by them. In 1664,
+having meanwhile studied medicine at Leyden, he went out to New
+Netherland, and was minsiter of Breukelen from that time to
+1669, when he returned to Holland. He died in 1700 as pastor
+emeritus of the Scottish church at Dordrecht.
+<2> Elsewhere called Hassingh.
+<3> Reverend Everardus Welius, minister of New Amstel from
+1657 to 1659, died in the latter year, leaving without pastor
+a church of sixty members.
+
+In addition there is among the Swedes a certain Lutheran preacher,
+who does not lead a Christian life.<1> There is also another
+person, who has exchanged the Lutheran pulpit for a schoolmaster's
+place. This undoubtedly has done great damage among the sheep,
+who have so long wandered about without a shepherd except the
+forementioned pastor, who leads such an unchristian life. God
+grant that no damage be done to Christ's church, and that your
+Reverences may provide a blessed instrument for good.
+
+<1> Lokenius's wife ran away from him, and he too hastily married
+another before obtaining his divorce. The person next alluded to
+is probably Abelius Selskoorn, a student, who for a time had
+conducted divine service at Sandhook (Fort Casimir).
+
+In view of the deplorable condition of New Netherland, for the
+savages have killed, wounded and captured some of our people,
+and have burnt several houses at the Esopus, and the English,
+with flying banners, have declared our village and the whole of
+Long Island to belong to the King:<1> therefore the first
+Wednesday of each month since last July has been observed as a
+day of fasting and prayer, in order to ask God for his fatherly
+compassion and pity. The good God, praise be to him, has
+brought about everything for the best, by the arrival of the
+last ships. The English are quiet, the savages peaceful; our
+lamentations have been turned into songs of praise, and the
+monthly day of fasting into a day of thanksgiving. Thus we
+spent last Wednesday, the last of the days of prayer. Blessed
+be God who causes wars to cease to the ends of the earth, and
+breaks the bow and spear asunder. Herewith, Very Reverend,
+Pious, and Learned Brethren in Christ, be commend to God for
+the perfecting of the saints and the edification of the body
+of Christ. Vale.
+
+Your Reverences' humble servant in Christ Jesus,
+
+HENRICUS SELYNS.
+
+Breuckelen, in New Netherland,
+June 9, 1664.
+
+<1> The boundaries between New England and New Netherland had
+always been in dispute. The English population on Long Island
+grew, an encroached upon the Dutch towns at the west end; and
+the towns in that region which were partly English, partly
+Dutch in population were of doubtful allegiance. The graceless
+Major John Scott, coming to the island with some royal authority,
+formed a combination of Hempstead, Gravesend, Flushing, Newtown,
+Jamaica and Oyster Bay, with himself as president, and then
+proceeded (January, 1664), at the head of 170 men, to reduce
+the neighboring Dutch villages. Some account of the affair, in
+the shape in which it reached the Dutch public, may be seen in
+the extract printed at the end of this letter.
+
+[The following account of the English encroachments upon Long
+Island has not been previously translated. It may serve as a
+summary of the events, or at least of the version of them which
+came before the Dutch public soon after. It is derived from
+the _Hollantze Mercurius_ of 1664 (Haerlem, 1665), being part 15
+of the _Mercurius_, which was an annual of the type of the modern
+_Annual Register_ or of Wassenaer's _Historisch Verhael_, whch
+preceded it. The passage is at page 10.
+
+In New Netherland the English made bold to come out of New
+England upon various villages and places belonging under the
+protection of Their High Mightinesses and the Dutch West India
+Company even upon Long Island, setting up the banner of Britain
+and proclaiming that they knew of no New Netherland but that
+that land belonged solely to the English nation. Finally their
+wisest conceded, since thus many troubles had arisen about the
+boundary, that representatives of both nations should come
+together upon that subject. This was carried out in November
+last. The Dutch commissioners went to Boston, where they were
+received by four companies of citizens and a hundred cavalrymen.
+There they were told that the commissioners on the English side
+could not arrive to treat of the matter for eight days.<1>
+Meanwhile the English incited three or four villages to revolt
+against their government. But all those that were of divided
+population, like those of Heemstede and Gravesande, refused to
+accept the English king but said that they had thus far been
+well ruled by Their High Mightinesses and would so remain,
+though they were English born. Afterward Heemstede was also
+subdued but Vlissingen held itself faithful, and some places
+remained neutral, while the commissioners were detained and
+finally came again to Amsterdam without having accomplished
+anything. Meanwhile also the savages of Esopus played their
+part, having made bold at a place on the river to attack two
+Dutchmen and cut off their heads.<2>]
+
+<1> The journalist here confounds Stuyvesant's visit to Boston
+in September, 1663, to meet the Commissioners of the United
+Colonies of New England, with that which his envoys, Van Ruyven,
+Van Cortlandt and Lawrence, made to Hartford in October, to
+confer with the General Assembly of Connecticut. His date of
+November is wrong for both. The attempt to revolutionize the
+English villages on Long Island had taken place in September;
+their internal revolt occurred in November. Stuyvesant was
+obliged to acquiesce. The "Combination" of the English towns
+under the presidency of Major John Scott and his attempt to
+win the Dutch towns from their allegiance, took place in
+January and February, 1664. Stuyvesant was again unable to
+make effectual resistance, but made a truce with Scott for
+twelve months.
+<2> After three years of peace at Esopus, the Indians again
+broke out in hostilities in June, 1663, resulting in the
+slaughter of twenty-one settlers and the captivity of forty-
+five others. Three successive expeditions, under Burgomaster
+Martin Kregier, in July, September and October, destroyed the
+forts of the Indians, broke down their resistance, and released
+most of the captives. Captain Kregier's journal of these
+expeditions is printed in O'Callaghan's _Documentary History_,
+IV. 45-98.
+
+
+Rev. Samuel Drisius to the Classis of Amsterdam
+(August 5, 1664).
+
+The Peace of Christ.
+
+Reverend, Learned and Beloved Brethren in Christ Jesus:
+
+I find a letter from the Rev. Classis, which I have not yet
+answered; and a good opportunity now offering itself by the
+departure of our colleague, Domine Henricus Selyns, I cannot
+omit to write a letter to your Reverences. We could have
+wished, that Domine Selyns had longer continued with us, both
+on account of his diligence and success in preaching and
+catechizing, and of his humble and edifying life. By this he
+has attracted a great many people, and even some of the negroes,
+so that many are sorry for his departure. But considering the
+fact that he owes filial obedience to his aged parents, it is
+God's will that he should leave us. We must be resigned,
+therefore, while we commit him to God and the word of His grace.
+
+Concerning the places in which he has preached, especially the
+village called Breuckelen, and the Bouwerie, nothing has been
+decided yet; but I think that the son of Domine Megapolensis,
+who has recently come over, will take charge of them, as he
+has not been sent by the Directors to any particular place.
+
+The French on Staten Island would also like to have a preacher,
+but as they number only a few families, are very poor, and
+cannot contribute much to a preacher's salary, and as our
+support here is slow and small, there is not much hope, that
+they will receive the light. In the meantime, that they may
+not be wholly destitute, Director Stuyvesant has, at their
+request, allowed me to go over there every two months, to
+preach and administer the Lord's Supper. This I have now
+done for about a year. In the winter this is very difficult,
+for it is a long stretch of water, and it is sometimes windy,
+with a heavy sea. We have, according to the decision of the
+Classis, admitted the Mennonist, who is quite unknown to us,
+to the communion, without rebaptism;<1> but last week he and
+his wife removed to Curacao in the West Indies, to live there.
+The preacher, sent to New Amstel on the South River, died on
+the way, as we are told. Ziperius left for Virginia long ago.<2>
+He behaved most shamefully here, drinking, cheating and forging
+other people's writings, so that he was forbidden not only to
+preach, but even to keep school. Closing herewith I commend
+the Rev. Brethren to God's protection and blessing in their
+work. This is the prayer of
+
+Your Reverences' dutiful friend in Christ,
+
+SAMUEL DRISIUS.
+
+New Amsterdam,
+August 5, Anno 1664.
+
+<1> In a letter of October 4, 1660, Drisius had consulted the
+classis on the question whether a well-behaved young man
+residing in New Amsterdam, formerly one of the Mennonites and
+baptized by them, might be admitted to the Lord's Supper without
+rebaptism. The classis, by letter of December 16, 1661, ruled
+that according to the practice of the Dutch churches, his
+Mennonite baptism was to be regarded as sufficient.
+<2> Michael Ziperius and his wife came from Curacao in 1659,
+hoping to receive a call in New Netherland. The classis warned
+Drisius against him.
+
+
+
+The Rev. Samuel Drisius to the Classis of Amsterdam
+(September 15, 1664).<1>
+
+To the Reverend, Learned and Pious Brethren of the Rev. Classis
+of Amsterdam:
+
+I cannot refrain from informing you of our present situation,
+namely, that we have been brought under the government of the
+King of England. On the 26th of August there arrived in the
+Bay of the North River, near Staten Island, four great men-of-
+war, or frigates, well manned with sailors and soldiers. They
+were provided with a patent or commission from the King of Great
+Britain to demand and take possession of this province, in the
+name of His Majesty. If this could not be done in an amicable
+way, they were to attack the place, and everything was to be
+thrown open for the English soldiers to plunder, rob and pillage.
+We were not a little troubled by the arrival of these frigates.
+
+<1> There is another translation of this letter in _N.Y. Col.
+Doc._, XIII. 393-394.
+
+Our Director-General and Council, with the municipal authorities
+of the city, took the matter much to heart and zealously sought,
+by messages between them and General Richard Nicolls, to delay
+the decision. They asked that the whole business should be
+referred to His Majesty of England, and the Lords States General
+of the Netherlands; but every effort was fruitless. They landed
+their soldiers about two leagues from here, at Gravezandt, and
+marched them over Long Island to the Ferry opposite this place.
+The frigates came up under full sail on the 4th of September
+with guns trained to one side. They had orders, and intended,
+if any resistance was shown to them, to give a full broadside on
+this open place, then take it by assault, and make it a scene of
+pillage and bloodshed.
+
+Our Hon. Rulers of the Company, and the municipal authorities of
+the city, were inclined to defend the place, but found that it
+was impossible, for the city was not in a defensible condition.<1>
+And even if fortified, it could not have been defended, because
+every man posted on the circuit of it would have been four rods
+distant from his neighbor. Besides, the store of powder in the
+fort, as well as in the city, was small. No relief or assistance
+could be expected, while daily great numbers on foot and on
+horseback, from New England, joined the English, hotly bent upon
+plundering the place. Savages and privateers also offered their
+services against us. Six hundred Northern Indians with one
+hundred and fifty French privateers, had even an English commission.
+Therefore upon the earnest request of our citizens and other
+inhabitants, our authorities found themselves compelled to come
+to terms, for the sake of avoiding bloodshed and pillage. The
+negotiations were concluded on the 6th of September.<2> The
+English moved in on the 8th, according to agreement.
+
+<1> See the remonstrance which the inhabitants addressed to
+Stuyvesant, _N.Y. Col. Doc._, II. 248.
+<2> Articles of capitulation, ibid., 250-253, and Brodhead,
+_History of New York_, I. 762-763.
+
+After the surrender of the place several Englishmen, who had
+lived here a long time and were our friends, came to us, and
+said that God had signally overruled matters, that the affair
+had been arranged by negotiations; else nothing but pillage,
+bloodshed ad general ruin would have followed. This was
+confirmed by several soldiers who said that they had come here
+from England hoping for booty; but that now, since the matter
+turned out so differently, they desired to return to England.
+
+The Articles of Surrender stipulate that our religious services
+and doctrines, together with the preachers, shall remain and
+continue unchanged. Therefore we could not separate ourselves
+from our congregation and hearers, but consider it our duty to
+remain with them for some time yet, that they may not scatter
+and run wild.
+
+The Hon. Company still owes me a considerable sum, which I hope
+and wish they would pay. Closing herewith, I recommend your
+Honors' persons and work to God's blessing and remain,
+
+Your willing colleague,
+
+SAMUEL DRISIUS.
+
+Manhattan, September 15, 1664.
+
+
+
+
+END PROJECT GUTENBERG ETEXT OF "LETTERS OF THE DUTCH MINISTERS"
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg Narrative New Netherland, by J.F. Jameson, Ed.
+
diff --git a/old/nwnth10.zip b/old/nwnth10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b55fb00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/nwnth10.zip
Binary files differ